RELEASE_NOTES revision 98841
1279377Simp			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2279377Simp      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1340.2.9 2002/06/25 22:53:32 ca Exp $
3279377Simp
4279377Simp
5279377SimpThis listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6279377Simpof the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7279377Simpsummary of the changes in that release.
8279377Simp
9279377Simp8.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
10279377Simp	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
11279377Simp		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
12279377Simp		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
13279377Simp		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
14279377Simp		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
15279377Simp		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
16279377Simp	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
17279377Simp		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
18279377Simp		with rogue DNS servers.
19279377Simp	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
20279377Simp		by Bryan Costales.
21279377Simp	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
22279377Simp		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
23279377Simp		Costales.
24279377Simp	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
25279377Simp		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
26279377Simp		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
27279377Simp		Polytechnic Institute.
28279377Simp	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
29279377Simp		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
30279377Simp	Portability:
31279377Simp		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
32279377Simp			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
33279377Simp			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
34279377Simp			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
35279377Simp		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
36279377Simp			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
37279377Simp			8.13 will change the default locking method to
38279377Simp			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
39279377Simp			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
40279377Simp			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
41279377Simp			related programs to match locking techniques.
42279377Simp
43279377Simp8.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
44279377Simp	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
45279377Simp		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
46279377Simp		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
47279377Simp		section of the top level README for more information.
48279377Simp		Problem noted by lumpy.
49279377Simp	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
50279377Simp		instead of 0644.
51279377Simp	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
52279377Simp		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
53279377Simp		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
54279377Simp	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
55279377Simp		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
56279377Simp		Purdue University.
57279377Simp	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
58279377Simp		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
59279377Simp		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
60279377Simp	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
61279377Simp		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
62279377Simp		of Active State.
63279377Simp	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
64279377Simp		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
65279377Simp		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
66279377Simp	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
67279377Simp		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
68279377Simp		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
69279377Simp		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
70279377Simp	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
71279377Simp		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
72279377Simp	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
73279377Simp		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
74279377Simp	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
75279377Simp		or the queue.
76279377Simp	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
77279377Simp		user who started sendmail.
78279377Simp	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
79279377Simp		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
80279377Simp		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
81279377Simp	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
82279377Simp		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
83279377Simp		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
84279377Simp		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
85279377Simp		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
86279377Simp	Portability:
87279377Simp		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
88279377Simp			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
89279377Simp			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
90279377Simp		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
91279377Simp			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
92			Charles University in Prague.
93		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
94			memory.
95	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
96		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
97	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
98		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
99		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
100	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
101		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
102	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
103		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
104		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
105		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
106		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
107	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
108		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
109		noted by Bryan Costales.
110	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
111		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
112	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
113		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
114	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
115		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
116	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
117		match dnsbl change.
118	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
119		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
120		installing the sendmail statistics file.
121	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
122		a user's filter starts other applications.
123	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
124		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
125	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
126		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
127		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
128	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
129		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
130	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
131		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
132		noted by Bryan Costales.
133	New Files:
134		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
135
1368.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
137	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
138		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
139		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
140		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
141		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
142		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
143		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
144		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
145		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
146		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
147		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
148		University.
149	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
150		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
151		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
152		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
153		of INTERMETA.
154	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
155		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
156	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
157		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
158	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
159		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
160		ActiveState.
161	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
162		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
163	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
164		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
165		Northern Illinois University.
166	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
167		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
168		of Dinoex.
169	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
170		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
171		Polytechnic Institute.
172	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
173		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
174		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
175	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
176		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
177		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
178	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
179		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
180	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
181		patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
182	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
183		missing arguments.
184	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
185		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
186		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
187	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
188		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
189	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
190		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
191		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
192	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
193		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
194		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
195	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
196		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
197		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
198		of Concordia University.
199	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
200		found by Mario Nigrovic.
201	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
202		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
203		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
204		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
205	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
206		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
207		Elvers.
208	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
209		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
210		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
211		total number of TCP connections.
212	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
213		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
214		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
215	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
216		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
217	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
218		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
219		Texas.
220	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
221		to 451.
222	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
223		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
224		patch by Bryan Costales.
225	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
226		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
227	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
228		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
229		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
230		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
231		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
232		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
233		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
234		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
235	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
236		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
237		command).
238	Portability:
239		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
240			available.
241		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
242			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
243			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
244			Skyrr.
245		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
246			noted by John Beck.
247		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
248		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
249			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
250	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
251		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
252		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
253	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
254		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
255		error.
256	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
257		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
258		Krzysztof Oledzki.
259	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
260		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
261	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
262		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
263	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
264		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
265		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
266		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
267		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
268		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
269	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
270		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
271		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
272		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
273		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
274		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
275		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
276		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
277	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
278		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
279		noted by John Beck.
280	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
281		if queue groups are used.
282	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
283	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
284	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
285		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
286	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
287	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
288		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
289		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
290		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
291		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
292		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
293	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
294		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
295		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
296	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
297		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
298		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
299	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
300		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
301		ldap_memfree().
302	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
303		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
304	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
305		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
306	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
307		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
308		San Francisco.
309	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
310	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
311		Joe Barbish.
312	New Files:
313		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
314
3158.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
316	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
317		at startup, only log an error message.
318	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
319		following -b) has been specified.
320	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
321		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
322		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
323	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
324		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
325		Regensburg.
326	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
327		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
328		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
329		Institute of Mining and Technology.
330	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
331		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
332		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
333	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
334		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
335		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
336	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
337		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
338		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
339	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
340		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
341		SMTP connections.
342	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
343		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
344		and Technology.
345	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
346		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
347		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
348		Meteorological Institute.
349	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
350		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
351		Online.
352	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
353		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
354		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
355		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
356		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
357		types, respectively.
358	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
359		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
360		of Virginia Tech.
361	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
362		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
363		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
364	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
365		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
366	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
367		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
368	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
369		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
370		of Vienna.
371	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
372		of Sun Microsystems.
373	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
374		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
375		with servers that do not support realms when using
376		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
377	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
378		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
379		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
380	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
381		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
382		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
383	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
384	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
385		instead of forcing localhost.
386	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
387		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
388	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
389		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
390	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
391		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
392		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
393		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
394		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
395	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
396		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
397	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
398		Compaq Computer Corp.
399	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
400		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
401		Tech.
402	Portability:
403		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
404			patch provided by HP.
405		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
406			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
407		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
408			Sachin of Siemens.
409		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
410		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
411			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
412			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
413			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
414		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
415			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
416		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
417			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
418		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
419			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
420			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
421			Hewlett-Packard.
422		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
423			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
424			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
425		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
426			Virginia Tech.
427		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
428			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
429		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
430			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
431	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
432		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
433		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
434	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
435		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
436	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
437		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
438		Florida.
439	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
440		Altin Waldmann.
441	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
442		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
443		Hewlett-Packard.
444	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
445		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
446		of MSFU.
447	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
448		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
449		Institute.
450	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
451	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
452		to free memory twice.
453	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
454		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
455		of Sun Microsystems.
456	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
457		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
458		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
459		University of Athens.
460	New Files:
461		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
462		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
463		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
464		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
465		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
466		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
467		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
468		libsm/mpeix.c
469
4708.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
471	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
472		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
473		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
474		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
475		found by Michal Zalewski.
476	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
477		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
478		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
479		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
480	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
481		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
482	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
483		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
484		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
485	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
486		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
487		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
488	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
489		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
490		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
491		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
492		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
493	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
494		canonical name for a host.
495	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
496		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
497		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
498		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
499	Portability:
500		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
501			`uname` does not given complete information.
502			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
503			Aircraft Company.
504		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
505			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
506		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
507			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
508			Courtesan Consulting.
509	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
510		problems with potential misconfigurations.
511	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
512		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
513		Technology Organisation of Australia.
514	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
515		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
516		then use it.
517	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
518		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
519	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
520		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
521	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
522		and vacation.
523	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
524		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
525		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
526	New Files:
527		test/Build
528		test/Makefile
529		test/Makefile.m4
530		test/README
531		test/t_dropgid.c
532		test/t_setgid.c
533	Deleted Files:
534		include/sm/stdio.h
535		include/sm/sysstat.h
536
5378.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
538	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
539		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
540		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
541		default).  The installation process tries to install
542		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
543		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
544	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
545		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
546		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
547		flags:
548			GroupWritableForwardFile
549			WorldWritableForwardFile
550			GroupWritableIncludeFile
551			WorldWritableIncludeFile
552		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
553	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
554		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
555		(IdS).
556	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
557		point where the variable could become overused for more than
558		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
559		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
560		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
561		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
562	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
563		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
564		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
565		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
566		see sendmail/SECURITY.
567	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
568		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
569	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
570		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
571		sendmail/SECURITY.
572	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
573		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
574		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
575	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
576		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
577		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
578		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
579		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
580	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
581		command has been removed.
582	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
583		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
584	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
585		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
586		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
587		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
588	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
589		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
590		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
591		supported.
592	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
593		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
594		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
595		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
596		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
597		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
598		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
599		creation rather than just before delivery.
600	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
601		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
602		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
603		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
604		preference matches (coattail).
605	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
606		try other MX hosts if available.
607	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
608		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
609	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
610		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
611		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
612	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
613	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
614		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
615		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
616		removed in future versions.
617	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
618		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
619	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
620		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
621		doc/op/op.me for details.
622	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
623		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
624		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
625		of the presented certificate, respectively.
626	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
627	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
628		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
629	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
630		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
631		enough on a per recipient basis.
632	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
633		for STARTTLS.
634	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
635		value "NOT".
636	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
637		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
638	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
639		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
640	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
641		really required.  This change results in a noticable
642		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
643		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
644	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
645		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
646	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
647		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
648		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
649		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
650		command line, then the value also limits the number of
651		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
652		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
653		by a queue run.
654	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
655		system each queue directory resides in.
656	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
657	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
658	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
659		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
660		collected together) to process the same work list at the
661		same time.
662	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
663		active queue runner processes.
664	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
665		runners per queue group.
666	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
667		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
668		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
669		of the queue that match during processing.
670	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
671		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
672		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
673		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
674		persistent queue runner.
675	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
676		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
677		sendmail -q15m).
678	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
679		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
680	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
681		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
682	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
683		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
684	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
685		of the qf file (older entries first).
686	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
687		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
688		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
689		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
690	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
691		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
692	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
693		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
694		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
695		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
696		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
697	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
698		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
699		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
700	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
701		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
702		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
703		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
704		details.
705	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
706		the number of entries in the queue(s).
707	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
708		and the usual documentation for details.
709	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
710	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
711		announced in 8.10.
712	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
713	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
714		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
715		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
716	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
717		-r (number of retries).
718	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
719		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
720		and value separated by the given separator.
721	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
722		to map class arith.
723	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
724		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
725	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
726		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
727	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
728		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
729		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
730	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
731		filenames with spaces).
732	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
733	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
734		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
735		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
736		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
737		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
738		to the loopback net.
739	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
740	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
741		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
742	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
743		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
744	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
745		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
746	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
747		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
748		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
749		Development Group.
750	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
751		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
752		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
753		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
754		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
755		load average is exceeded.
756	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
757		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
758		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
759		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
760		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
761	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
762	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
763	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
764		instead.
765	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
766		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
767	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
768		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
769		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
770	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
771		for direct (command line) submissions.
772	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
773		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
774		Hagino of the KAME Project.
775	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
776		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
777		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
778	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
779		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
780		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
781		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
782	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
783		before logging.
784	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
785		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
786	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
787	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
788		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
789		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
790	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
791		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
792		of the Universitat Regensburg.
793	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
794		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
795		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
796		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
797		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
798		See libsm/index.html for details.
799	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
800		care of by fork() and exit().
801	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
802		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
803		new and old (from new libsm).
804	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
805		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
806	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
807	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
808		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
809		synchronizations calls.
810	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
811	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
812	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
813		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
814	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
815		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
816		for details.
817	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
818		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
819		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
820		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
821	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
822		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
823		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
824	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
825		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
826		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
827		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
828		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
829		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
830		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
831	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
832		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
833	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
834		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
835	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
836		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
837		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
838		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
839		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
840		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
841		Urbana-Champaign.
842	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
843		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
844	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
845		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
846		connections.
847	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
848		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
849		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
850		cf/README.
851	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
852		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
853		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
854		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
855		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
856		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
857		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
858		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
859		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
860		example).
861	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
862		the default schema used in the above two items.
863	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
864		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
865		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
866	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
867		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
868		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
869	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
870		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
871		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
872		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
873		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
874	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
875		HELO/EHLO commands.
876	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
877		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
878		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
879		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
880		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
881		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
882		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
883	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
884		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
885		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
886		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
887		(verbose) command line option.
888	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
889		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
890		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
891		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
892	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
893		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
894		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
895	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
896		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
897		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
898	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
899		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
900		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
901		British Columbia.
902	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
903		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
904	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
905		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
906		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
907		if required.
908	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
909		class instead.
910	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
911		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
912		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
913		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
914	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
915		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
916	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
917		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
918		Nelson of IBM.
919	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
920		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
921		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
922		their defaults are:
923		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
924		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
925		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
926		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
927		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
928		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
929		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
930	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
931		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
932	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
933		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
934		Meteorological Institute.
935	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
936		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
937		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
938	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
939		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
940		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
941	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
942		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
943		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
944		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
945		See sendmail/README for further information.
946	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
947		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
948		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
949	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
950		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
951		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
952	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
953		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
954	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
955		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
956		flora.ca.
957	Portability:
958		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
959			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
960			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
961		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
962			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
963			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
964			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
965			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
966			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
967		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
968			Solaris 8 and later.
969		Add support for OpenUNIX.
970	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
971	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
972	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
973	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
974	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
975		temporary lookup failures.
976	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
977		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
978		or IP nets.
979	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
980		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
981		to get through.
982	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
983		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
984		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
985		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
986		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
987	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
988		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
989		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
990		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
991	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
992		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
993		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
994	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
995		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
996		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
997	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
998		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
999	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
1000		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
1001		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
1002	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
1003		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
1004		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
1005		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
1006		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1007	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
1008		cf/README for details.
1009	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
1010		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
1011		University of Maryland.
1012	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
1013		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
1014	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
1015		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
1016		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
1017	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
1018		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
1019		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
1020		Solving.
1021	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
1022		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
1023	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
1024		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
1025	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
1026		immediately.
1027	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
1028		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
1029		See cf/README for details.
1030	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
1031		temporary lookup failures.
1032	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
1033		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
1034	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
1035		memory use.
1036	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
1037		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
1038		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
1039		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
1040		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
1041	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
1042		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1043	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
1044		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1045	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
1046		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
1047	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
1048		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
1049		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
1050		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
1051	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
1052	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
1053		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
1054		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
1055		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
1056		additional details.
1057	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1058		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
1059		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
1060		information.
1061	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
1062		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
1063		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
1064	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
1065		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
1066		recipients as user unknown.
1067	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
1068		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
1069		section of cf/README for more information.
1070	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
1071		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
1072		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
1073	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
1074		which takes the options as argument and can be used
1075		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1076	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
1077		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
1078		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
1079		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
1080		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
1081		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
1082		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
1083		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
1084		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
1085		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
1086		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
1087	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
1088		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
1089		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
1090		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
1091		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
1092	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
1093		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
1094		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
1095		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
1096		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
1097		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
1098		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
1099		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
1100		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
1101		doc/op/op.me for details.
1102	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
1103		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
1104		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1105	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
1106		dequote map.
1107	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
1108	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
1109		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
1110	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
1111		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
1112		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
1113		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
1114		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
1115		This affects the access database as well as the
1116		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
1117	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
1118	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
1119	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
1120		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
1121		Mississippi State University.
1122	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
1123		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
1124	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
1125		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
1126		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1127	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
1128		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
1129		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
1130	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
1131		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
1132		systems which don't include cat directories.
1133	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
1134	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1135		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
1136		mailbox database type.
1137	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
1138		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
1139		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
1140		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
1141	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
1142		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
1143	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
1144		instead of white space.
1145	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1146		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1147		Meteorological Institute.
1148	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
1149	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
1150		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1151	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
1152		instead of syslog.
1153	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
1154		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
1155		to specify the database and message file since there is no
1156		home directory for the default settings for these options.
1157	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1158		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
1159		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
1160		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
1161	New Directories:
1162		libmilter/docs
1163	New Files:
1164		cf/cf/README
1165		cf/cf/submit.cf
1166		cf/cf/submit.mc
1167		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
1168		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
1169		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
1170		cf/feature/msp.m4
1171		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
1172		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
1173		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
1174		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
1175		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
1176		cf/sendmail.schema
1177		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
1178		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
1179		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
1180		editmap/*
1181		include/sm/*
1182		libsm/*
1183		libsmutil/cf.c
1184		libsmutil/err.c
1185		sendmail/SECURITY
1186		sendmail/TUNING
1187		sendmail/bf.c
1188		sendmail/bf.h
1189		sendmail/sasl.c
1190		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
1191		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
1192		sendmail/tls.c
1193	Deleted Files:
1194		cf/feature/rbl.m4
1195		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
1196		devtools/OS/AIX.2
1197		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
1198		include/sendmail/errstring.h
1199		include/sendmail/useful.h
1200		libsmutil/errstring.c
1201		sendmail/bf_portable.c
1202		sendmail/bf_portable.h
1203		sendmail/bf_torek.c
1204		sendmail/bf_torek.h
1205		sendmail/clock.c
1206	Renamed Files:
1207		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
1208		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
1209		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
1210
12118.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
1212	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
1213		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
1214		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
1215	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
1216		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
1217		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
1218		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
1219		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
1220	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
1221		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
1222		Werner Wiethege.
1223	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
1224		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
1225
12268.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
1227	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
1228		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
1229		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
1230		of SE Netway Communications.
1231	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
1232		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1233	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
1234		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
1235		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
1236		Bosserman of EarthLink.
1237	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
1238		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
1239	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
1240		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
1241		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
1242		University College.
1243	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
1244		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
1245	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
1246		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
1247		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
1248		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
1249		University at Albany.
1250	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
1251		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1252	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
1253		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
1254		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
1255		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
1256	Portability:
1257		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
1258			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1259		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
1260			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1261		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
1262			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
1263		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
1264			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
1265	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
1266		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
1267
12688.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
1269	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
1270		corruption and other potential race conditions.
1271		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
1272		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
1273		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
1274		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
1275	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
1276		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
1277		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
1278	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
1279		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
1280		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
1281	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
1282		from Kenji Miyake.
1283	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
1284		QueueDirectory wildcards.
1285	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
1286		the same map again while exiting.
1287	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
1288		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
1289		of Tuebingen.
1290	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
1291		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
1292		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
1293		Oklahoma State University.
1294	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
1295		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
1296		InTouch Systems, Inc.
1297	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
1298		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
1299		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
1300		Morgan Stanley.
1301	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
1302		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
1303		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1304	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
1305		from Werner Wiethege.
1306	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
1307		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
1308	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
1309		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
1310		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1311		Internet Services.
1312	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
1313		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1314	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
1315		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1316	Portability:
1317		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
1318	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
1319		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
1320	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
1321	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
1322		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1323		Meteorological Institute.
1324	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
1325		since it generates random process ids.
1326	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
1327		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
1328		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1329	New Files:
1330		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
1331
13328.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
1333	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
1334		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
1335		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1336		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1337	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
1338		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
1339		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
1340		communications consulting gmbh.
1341	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
1342		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1343	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
1344		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
1345		connection came in from the command line.
1346	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
1347		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
1348		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1349	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
1350		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
1351	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
1352		when they were committed.
1353	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
1354		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
1355	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
1356		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
1357		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
1358		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
1359	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
1360		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1361		University.
1362	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
1363		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
1364		accept() completes.
1365	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
1366		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
1367	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
1368		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
1369		Wellcome.
1370	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
1371		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
1372		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1373		University.
1374	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
1375		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
1376		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
1377		University of New Brunswick.
1378	Portability:
1379		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
1380			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
1381			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
1382		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
1383			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1384		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
1385			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
1386			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1387		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
1388			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
1389			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
1390	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
1391		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
1392	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
1393		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1394	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
1395		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
1396		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
1397		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
1398		Institute.
1399	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
1400		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
1401		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1402	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
1403		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
1404	Renamed Files:
1405		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
1406
14078.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
1408	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
1409		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
1410		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
1411		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
1412		Schools" project (IdS).
1413	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
1414		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
1415		be enabled by compiling with:
1416		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
1417		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
1418		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
1419	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
1420		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
1421	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
1422		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
1423		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
1424		Colby College.
1425	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
1426		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
1427	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
1428		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
1429		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
1430		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
1431	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
1432		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
1433		NxNetworks, Inc.
1434	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
1435		client name.
1436	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
1437		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
1438		the Universitat Regensburg.
1439	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
1440		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
1441		University of Arizona.
1442	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
1443		of Collective Technologies.
1444	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
1445		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
1446		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
1447		Engineering.
1448	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
1449		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1450		Meteorological Institute.
1451	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
1452		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1453	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1454		Meteorological Institute.
1455	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
1456		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
1457		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
1458		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1459	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
1460		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
1461		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
1462	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
1463		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
1464		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1465	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
1466		overall connections, not the number of connections per
1467		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
1468		counting.
1469	Portability:
1470		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
1471			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
1472			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
1473		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
1474			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
1475		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
1476			Rosenman.
1477		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
1478			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1479		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
1480			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
1481			of Pacific Access.
1482		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
1483			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1484		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
1485			Microsystems.
1486	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
1487		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
1488		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1489	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
1490		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
1491	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
1492		implicitly assume canonical host names.
1493	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
1494		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1495	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
1496		Virginia Tech.
1497	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
1498		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
1499		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1500	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
1501	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
1502		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
1503		gmbh.
1504	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
1505		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1506	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
1507		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
1508		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
1509		of Kyoto University.
1510	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
1511		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
1512		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
1513		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
1514		version.
1515	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
1516		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1517		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1518	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
1519	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
1520		or *-owner.
1521	New Files:
1522		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
1523		contrib/buildvirtuser
1524		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
1525
15268.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
1527	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
1528		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1529	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
1530		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
1531		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
1532		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
1533		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1534	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
1535		wildcards.
1536	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
1537		process may close the connection before the child process
1538		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
1539		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
1540		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1541	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
1542		read the LDAP secret from a file.
1543	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
1544		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
1545		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
1546		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1547	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
1548		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
1549		of EarthLink.
1550	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
1551	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
1552		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
1553		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1554	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
1555		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1556	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
1557		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
1558		Fournier of Acadia University.
1559	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
1560		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
1561		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
1562		one of the others may be able to take over.
1563	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
1564		previous load average query result.
1565	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
1566		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
1567		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
1568		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1569	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
1570		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
1571	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
1572		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
1573		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1574	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
1575		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
1576	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
1577		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
1578		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
1579	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
1580		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
1581	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
1582		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
1583		University of British Columbia.
1584	Portability:
1585		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
1586			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
1587			override the setting.  Suggested by
1588			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
1589		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
1590			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
1591			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
1592		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
1593			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1594			College.
1595		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
1596			Tom Moore of NCR.
1597		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
1598			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
1599		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
1600			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
1601			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1602		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
1603			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
1604			Consulting.
1605	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
1606		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
1607	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
1608		errors in the MAIL address.
1609	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
1610		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
1611	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
1612		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1613	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
1614		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
1615		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
1616		Ericsson.
1617	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
1618		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
1619		mailer as described in cf/README.
1620	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
1621		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
1622	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
1623		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
1624	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
1625		sendmail.
1626	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1627		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1628		Meteorological Institute.
1629	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
1630	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
1631		dot as the only character on the line.
1632	New Files:
1633		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
1634
16358.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
1636	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
1637		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
1638		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
1639		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
1640		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
1641		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
1642		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1643	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
1644		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
1645		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
1646		Systems in this category should compile with
1647		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
1648		system and report broken implementations to
1649		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
1650		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
1651	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
1652		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
1653		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
1654	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
1655		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
1656		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
1657		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1658	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
1659		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
1660		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
1661		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1662	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
1663		random data.
1664	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
1665		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
1666		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
1667	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
1668		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
1669		Martin of CMU.
1670	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
1671		strength factor.
1672	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
1673		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
1674		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
1675		of CMU.
1676	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
1677		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
1678		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
1679	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
1680		documented, unless a family is specified in a
1681		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
1682		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
1683		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
1684		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
1685		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
1686		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1687	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
1688		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
1689		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
1690		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
1691		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
1692		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1693	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
1694		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
1695		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
1696		of Sun Microsystems.
1697	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
1698		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
1699		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
1700		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
1701		the incoming information in the queue file for later
1702		delivery attempts.
1703	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
1704		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
1705		smoe.org.
1706	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
1707		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
1708		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1709	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
1710		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
1711	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
1712		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
1713		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
1714		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1715	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
1716		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
1717		Hedeland of Ericsson.
1718	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
1719		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
1720		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
1721		of Northern Illinois University.
1722	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
1723		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1724	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
1725		to kilobyte units.
1726	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
1727		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
1728		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
1729		Polytechnic.
1730	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
1731		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
1732		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
1733		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1734	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
1735		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
1736		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1737	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
1738		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1739	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
1740		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
1741		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
1742	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
1743		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
1744		G. Thomas Consulting.
1745	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
1746		port number (113).
1747	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
1748		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1749	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
1750		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
1751		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1752	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
1753		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
1754		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
1755		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1756	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
1757		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
1758		University of Mainz.
1759	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
1760		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
1761	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
1762		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1763	Portability:
1764		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
1765			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
1766			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
1767		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
1768		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
1769			work properly causing problems if the accept()
1770			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
1771			from Tom Moore of NCR.
1772		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
1773			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
1774		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
1775			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
1776			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
1777			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
1778			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
1779	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
1780		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1781	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
1782		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
1783		confCACERT			CACERTFile
1784		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
1785		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
1786		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
1787		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
1788		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
1789		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
1790	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
1791		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
1792		cf/README for more information.
1793	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
1794	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
1795		called due to a STARTTLS command.
1796	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
1797		instead of temporary.
1798	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
1799		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
1800		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
1801		Consulting.
1802	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
1803		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
1804		RootsWeb.com.
1805	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
1806		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
1807		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
1808		University of Maryland.
1809	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
1810		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
1811	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
1812		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
1813		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
1814		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
1815		of the University of Alberta.
1816	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
1817		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
1818	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
1819	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
1820		of X.509 certificates.
1821	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
1822		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
1823		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
1824		Universitat Regensburg.
1825	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
1826		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1827	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
1828		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1829	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
1830		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1831	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
1832		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
1833		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1834	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
1835		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
1836	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
1837		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
1838		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
1839		University.
1840	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
1841	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
1842		links.
1843	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
1844		reported.
1845	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
1846		Denman Tire Corporation.
1847	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
1848		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
1849	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
1850	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
1851		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
1852	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
1853		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
1854	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
1855		have a From line.
1856	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
1857		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
1858	Added Files:
1859		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
1860		contrib/cidrexpand
1861		contrib/link_hash.sh
1862		contrib/movemail.conf
1863		contrib/movemail.pl
1864		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
1865		test/t_snprintf.c
1866
18678.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
1868	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
1869		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
1870		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
1871		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
1872		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
1873	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
1874		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
1875	Added Files:
1876		test/t_setuid.c
1877
18788.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
1879	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
1880		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
1881		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
1882		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
1883		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
1884		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
1885	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
1886		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
1887	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
1888	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
1889		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
1890		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1891	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
1892		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
1893		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1894	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
1895		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
1896	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
1897	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
1898		or higher.
1899	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
1900		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
1901	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
1902	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
1903		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1904		Polytechnic Institute.
1905	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
1906		discards the message.
1907	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
1908		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
1909		attempted to the alias.
1910	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
1911		flag options.
1912	Portability:
1913		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
1914			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
1915			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
1916			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
1917			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1918		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
1919			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
1920		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
1921			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
1922		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
1923		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
1924			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
1925		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
1926			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
1927			Services, LLC.
1928		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
1929			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
1930			Courtesan Consulting.
1931		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
1932			Siemens Business Services.
1933	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
1934		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
1935		of WSRCC.
1936	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
1937	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
1938		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
1939	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
1940		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
1941	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
1942	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
1943		of NEC.
1944	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
1945		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
1946	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
1947		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
1948		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
1949		Virginia Tech.
1950	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
1951		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
1952		University.
1953	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
1954		for other internal projects but included in the open source
1955		release.
1956	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
1957		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
1958		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
1959		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
1960	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
1961		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
1962		Sendmail.
1963	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
1964		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
1965		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1966	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
1967		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
1968	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
1969		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
1970		Northern Illinois University.
1971	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
1972		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
1973		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
1974		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1975	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
1976		Polytechnique de Montreal.
1977	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
1978		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
1979		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
1980	Added Files:
1981		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
1982		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
1983	Deleted Files:
1984		contrib/converting.sun.configs
1985	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
1986		doc/intro
1987		doc/usenix
1988		doc/changes
1989
19908.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
1991	    *************************************************************
1992	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
1993	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
1994	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
1995	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
1996	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
1997	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
1998	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
1999	    * coach, and a friend.					*
2000	    *								*
2001	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
2002	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
2003	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
2004	    *************************************************************
2005	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
2006		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
2007		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
2008		symbolic link target.
2009	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
2010		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
2011		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2012	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
2013		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
2014		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
2015		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
2016		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2017		version of sendmail.
2018	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
2019		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
2020		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2021		(IdS).
2022	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
2023		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
2024	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
2025		for easier code sharing among the programs.
2026	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
2027		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
2028		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
2029		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
2030		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
2031		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
2032	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
2033		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
2034		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
2035		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2036	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2037		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
2038		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2039	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2040		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
2041		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2042	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
2043		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
2044		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
2045		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
2046		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
2047		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
2048	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
2049		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
2050		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
2051	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
2052		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
2053		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
2054		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
2055		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
2056		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
2057	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
2058		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2059		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
2060		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
2061	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
2062		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
2063		accordingly.
2064	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
2065		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
2066		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
2067		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
2068		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
2069		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
2070		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
2071	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
2072		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
2073		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
2074		InCert Software.
2075	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
2076		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
2077		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
2078	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
2079		a control socket request.
2080	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
2081		settings:
2082		Timeout.resolver.retrans
2083			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2084			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2085			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
2086		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2087			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2088			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2089		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2090			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2091			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
2092			delivery attempt.
2093		Timeout.resolver.retry
2094			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2095			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2096			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
2097		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2098			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2099			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2100		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
2101			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2102			query for all resolver lookups except the first
2103			delivery attempt.
2104		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2105	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
2106		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
2107		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
2108		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
2109		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
2110		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
2111		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
2112		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
2113		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
2114		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2115	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
2116		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
2117		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
2118		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
2119		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
2120		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
2121		Telecommunications Ltd.
2122	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
2123		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
2124		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
2125		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
2126		Inc.
2127	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
2128		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
2129		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2130	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
2131		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2132	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
2133		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
2134		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2135	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
2136		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
2137	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
2138	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
2139		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
2140		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
2141	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
2142		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
2143		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2144	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
2145		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
2146		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
2147		Ltd.
2148	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
2149		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
2150		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
2151		example mailer might be:
2152			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
2153				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
2154				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
2155		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2156	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
2157		instead.
2158	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
2159		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
2160		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
2161		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
2162	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
2163		flags.
2164	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
2165		body of the original message on delivery status
2166		notifications.
2167	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
2168		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2169	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
2170		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
2171		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2172	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
2173		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
2174		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2175	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
2176		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
2177		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
2178		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
2179	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
2180		Conwell of Boston University.
2181	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
2182		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2183	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
2184		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
2185		@Home Network.
2186	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
2187		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
2188		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
2189	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
2190		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
2191		similar to check_rcpt etc.
2192	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
2193		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
2194		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
2195		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
2196		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2197	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
2198		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
2199		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2200	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
2201		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
2202		Mathias Herberts.
2203	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
2204		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
2205		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
2206		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
2207		in check_compat).
2208	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
2209		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
2210		option.
2211	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
2212	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
2213		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2214	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
2215		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
2216	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
2217	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
2218		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2219	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
2220		is set.
2221	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
2222		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
2223	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
2224		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
2225		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
2226	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
2227	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
2228	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
2229		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
2230		a denial-of-service attack.
2231	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
2232		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
2233		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
2234		overflow attacks.
2235	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
2236		alias recursion.
2237	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
2238	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
2239	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
2240		directly before the newline.
2241	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
2242		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
2243		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
2244		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
2245		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
2246		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
2247		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
2248		could not be opened.
2249	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
2250		value of this option is macro expanded.
2251	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
2252		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
2253	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
2254		(along with the already existing macros):
2255		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
2256		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
2257		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
2258		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
2259		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
2260		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
2261		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
2262	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
2263		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
2264		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
2265		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
2266		loopback net.
2267	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
2268		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
2269		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
2270	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
2271		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
2272		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
2273		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2274		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
2275	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
2276		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
2277		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
2278		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2279		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
2280	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
2281		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
2282		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
2283		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
2284	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2285		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
2286		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
2287		Ericsson.
2288	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2289		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
2290		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
2291		of Ericsson.
2292	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
2293		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
2294		of Renaissance Internet Services.
2295	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
2296		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
2297		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
2298	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
2299		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
2300		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
2301		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2302	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
2303		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
2304	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
2305		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
2306	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
2307		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
2308		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2309	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
2310	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
2311		equate name.
2312	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
2313		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
2314	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
2315		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
2316	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
2317		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
2318		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
2319		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
2320		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
2321		David Cooley of Colby College.
2322	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
2323		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
2324		already decided the message will be passed to another host
2325		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
2326		Buckeridge Young Limited.
2327	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
2328		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
2329		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
2330		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
2331		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
2332		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
2333		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
2334		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
2335		of Stanford University.
2336	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
2337		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
2338	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
2339		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
2340		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
2341		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
2342		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
2343		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
2344		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
2345	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
2346		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
2347		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
2348		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2349	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
2350	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
2351		attributes found in the match will be returned.
2352	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
2353		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
2354		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
2355		comma separated key and value strings.
2356	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
2357		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
2358		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
2359		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
2360		a single connection to that host.
2361	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
2362	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
2363		LDAP lookups.
2364	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
2365		resources.
2366	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
2367	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
2368	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
2369		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
2370		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
2371		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
2372		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
2373		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
2374		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
2375		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
2376		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
2377		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
2378		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
2379		with the name "*".
2380	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
2381		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
2382		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
2383		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
2384		matches to return.
2385	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
2386		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
2387		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
2388		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
2389		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
2390		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
2391		are defined.
2392	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
2393		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
2394		Tech.
2395	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
2396		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
2397		important if you have large classes.
2398	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
2399		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
2400		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2401	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
2402		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
2403		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
2404		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
2405		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
2406		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
2407	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
2408		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
2409		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
2410		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
2411		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
2412		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
2413		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
2414		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
2415	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
2416		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
2417		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
2418		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
2419		has no effect.
2420	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
2421		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2422	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
2423		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2424	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
2425		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
2426	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
2427		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
2428	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
2429		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
2430		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
2431		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
2432		connection-based denial of service attacks.
2433	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
2434		10 or higher.
2435	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
2436		information (from= syslog line).
2437	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
2438		equate (dsn=).
2439	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
2440	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets.  More
2441		information is available at
2442		http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/.  Contributed by Mark
2443		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2444	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
2445		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2446		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2447	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
2448		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2449	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
2450		the program as the default user and the default group, not
2451		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
2452		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
2453		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
2454		Popovici of DNT Romania.
2455	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
2456		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
2457		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
2458	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
2459		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
2460		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
2461	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
2462		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
2463		helpful to know the sender of the message.
2464	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
2465		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2466	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
2467		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
2468		multiple files.
2469	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
2470		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
2471		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
2472		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
2473		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
2474		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
2475		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
2476		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
2477		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
2478	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
2479		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
2480	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
2481		length before the attempt.
2482	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
2483		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
2484		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
2485		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
2486		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
2487	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
2488		host status files, not all files.
2489	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
2490		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
2491		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
2492		Wonderworks Inc.
2493	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
2494		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
2495		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
2496		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
2497		of Hannover.
2498	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
2499		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
2500		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
2501		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
2502		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
2503		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
2504	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
2505		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
2506		flag:
2507			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
2508		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
2509		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
2510		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
2511	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
2512		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
2513		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
2514		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
2515		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
2516		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
2517		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
2518	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
2519		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
2520		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2521		version.
2522	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
2523	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
2524	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
2525		if referencing a named ruleset.
2526	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
2527		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
2528	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
2529		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
2530		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
2531		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
2532		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
2533		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
2534		the University of Maryland.
2535	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
2536		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
2537	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
2538		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
2539	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
2540		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
2541		COMMANDS).
2542	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
2543		but for outgoing connections.
2544	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
2545		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
2546			a	require authentication
2547			b	bind to interface through which mail has
2548				been received
2549			c	perform hostname canonification
2550			f	require fully qualified hostname
2551			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
2552				command
2553			C	don't perform hostname canonification
2554			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
2555	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
2556			h	use name of interface for HELO command
2557	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
2558	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
2559		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
2560		Institutes of Health.
2561	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
2562		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2563	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
2564	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
2565		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2566	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
2567	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
2568		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
2569	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
2570		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
2571	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
2572		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
2573		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2574	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
2575		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
2576		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
2577	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
2578	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
2579		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
2580		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
2581	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
2582		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
2583		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
2584		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
2585		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2586	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
2587		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
2588		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
2589		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
2590		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
2591		timeout.
2592	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
2593		interface address structure when loading the system network
2594		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
2595		Nanoteq.
2596	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
2597		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
2598		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
2599		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
2600		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
2601	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
2602		on load average.
2603	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2604		Northern Illinois University.
2605	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
2606		envelope splitting has occurred.
2607	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
2608		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
2609	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
2610	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
2611		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
2612		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2613		Institute.
2614	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
2615		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
2616		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
2617	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
2618		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
2619		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
2620		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2621	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
2622		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2623	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
2624		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2625	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
2626		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
2627	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
2628		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2629	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
2630		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
2631		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
2632		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2633	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
2634		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
2635	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
2636		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2637	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
2638		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
2639		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2640		University.
2641	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
2642		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
2643		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
2644	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
2645		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
2646		ruleset lines as well.
2647	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
2648		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
2649		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
2650		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2651		Institute.
2652	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
2653		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
2654		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2655	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
2656		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
2657		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
2658		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
2659	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
2660		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
2661		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
2662		of Ericsson.
2663	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
2664		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
2665		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
2666		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2667	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
2668		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
2669		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
2670		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
2671		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
2672	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
2673		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
2674		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
2675		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
2676	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
2677		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
2678		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2679		University.
2680	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
2681		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
2682		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
2683		'sendmail -bs'.
2684	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
2685		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
2686		them in the .cf file.
2687	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
2688		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
2689		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
2690		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
2691	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
2692		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
2693	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
2694		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
2695		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2696	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
2697		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
2698		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
2699		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
2700		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2701	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
2702		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2703	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
2704		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
2705		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
2706	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
2707		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
2708	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
2709		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
2710		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
2711	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
2712		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
2713		Hedeland of Ericsson.
2714	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
2715		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
2716		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
2717		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2718	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
2719		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
2720		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
2721		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
2722		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
2723		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2724	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
2725		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
2726		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
2727		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
2728		don't fail on ANY queries.
2729	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
2730		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
2731		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2732		Northern Illinois University.
2733	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
2734		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
2735		State University.
2736	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
2737		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2738		Northern Illinois University.
2739	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
2740		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
2741	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
2742	Portability:
2743		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
2744			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
2745			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
2746			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
2747			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2748		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
2749			This allows network interface probing to work
2750			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
2751			University of Iowa.
2752		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
2753		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
2754			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
2755			name.
2756		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
2757		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
2758			Virginia Tech.
2759		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
2760		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
2761			Amsterdam.
2762		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
2763		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
2764			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
2765		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
2766			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
2767			in building the operating system.  Users can
2768			override the defaults by setting confCC and
2769			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
2770		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
2771		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
2772		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
2773			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
2774		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
2775			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
2776		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
2777			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
2778		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
2779			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
2780		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
2781			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2782		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
2783			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
2784			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
2785		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
2786		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
2787			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
2788			use that value in conf.h.
2789		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
2790			BITart Consulting.
2791		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
2792			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
2793			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
2794			Computer, Inc.
2795		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
2796			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
2797			of E I A.
2798		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
2799			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
2800		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
2801			fchown(2).
2802		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
2803			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
2804		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
2805			srandomdev(3).
2806		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
2807			setlogin(2).
2808		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
2809			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
2810			Siemens Business Services.
2811		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
2812			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
2813			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
2814		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
2815			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
2816		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
2817			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
2818			Aerospace.
2819		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
2820			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
2821			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
2822		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
2823			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
2824			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
2825			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
2826			University.
2827		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
2828			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
2829			Technology Information Network.
2830		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
2831			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
2832		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
2833		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
2834			and OpenBSD.
2835		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
2836			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
2837			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
2838			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2839	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
2840		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
2841		details.
2842	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
2843		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
2844	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
2845	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
2846		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2847		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
2848	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
2849		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
2850		Courtesan Consulting.
2851	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
2852	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
2853		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
2854		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
2855	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
2856		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
2857		multiple times.
2858	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
2859		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
2860		with From:).
2861	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
2862		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
2863	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
2864		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
2865		new functionality.
2866	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2867		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
2868		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
2869		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
2870		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
2871		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
2872		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
2873		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
2874		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
2875		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
2876		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
2877		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
2878		confPID_FILE			PidFile
2879		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
2880		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
2881		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
2882		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
2883		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2884		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2885		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
2886		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2887		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
2888		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
2889		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
2890	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
2891		which takes the options as argument and can be used
2892		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2893	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
2894		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
2895		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
2896		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
2897		to "IPC $h".
2898	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
2899		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
2900		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
2901	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
2902		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
2903		value should be changed with care.
2904	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
2905		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
2906	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
2907		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
2908		complain.
2909	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
2910		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
2911		of Q7 Enterprises.
2912	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
2913		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
2914		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
2915		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
2916	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
2917		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
2918		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
2919		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
2920		of Northern Illinois University.
2921	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
2922		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
2923		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
2924	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
2925		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
2926		in it.
2927	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
2928		in class 'P' ($=P).
2929	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
2930		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
2931		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
2932		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
2933		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
2934		is added.
2935	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
2936		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
2937	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
2938		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
2939	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
2940		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
2941	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
2942		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
2943	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
2944		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
2945	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
2946		Hubert of University of Washington.
2947	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
2948		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
2949		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
2950	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
2951	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
2952		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
2953		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
2954	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
2955		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
2956		Services.
2957	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
2958		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
2959		Aerospace.
2960	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
2961		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
2962		University and Brian Candler.
2963	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
2964		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2965	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
2966		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2967		Institute.
2968	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
2969		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
2970	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
2971		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
2972		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
2973	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
2974		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
2975	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
2976		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
2977		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2978	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
2979		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
2980		Willamette Industries, Inc.
2981	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
2982		converted to <user@d>
2983	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
2984		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
2985	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
2986		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
2987		performed.
2988	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
2989		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
2990		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2991		Institute.
2992	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
2993		be accessed by their numbers).
2994	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
2995		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
2996		of an address.
2997	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
2998		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
2999		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
3000		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
3001	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
3002		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
3003		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
3004	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
3005		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
3006	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3007	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
3008		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3009		Institute.
3010	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
3011	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
3012		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
3013		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
3014		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
3015	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
3016		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
3017		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
3018	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
3019		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
3020	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
3021		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3022	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
3023		University of California at Berkeley.
3024	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
3025		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3026	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
3027		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
3028	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3029		Corporation UK.
3030	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
3031	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
3032		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
3033		Yale University.
3034	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
3035		be used for building.
3036	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
3037		used for a fresh build.
3038	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
3039	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
3040		ranlib.
3041	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
3042		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
3043	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
3044		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
3045		Costales.
3046	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
3047		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
3048		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
3049		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
3050	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
3051		of Siemens Business Services.
3052	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
3053		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
3054		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
3055		torek.
3056	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
3057		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
3058		They should contain the C source files for the object files
3059		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
3060		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
3061	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
3062		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
3063		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
3064		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
3065		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
3066	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
3067		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
3068		are in devtools/README.
3069	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
3070		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3071	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
3072		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
3073		new variable which identifies the root of the source
3074		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
3075	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
3076		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
3077		macro.
3078	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
3079	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
3080		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
3081		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
3082		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
3083		Corporation.
3084	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
3085		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
3086		confMANROOTMAN.
3087	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
3088		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
3089		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
3090	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
3091		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
3092		Communications.
3093	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
3094		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
3095	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
3096		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
3097		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
3098	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
3099		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
3100		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
3101	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
3102		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
3103		install-strip target.
3104	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
3105		the others (if it exists).
3106	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
3107		then the default ones.
3108	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
3109		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
3110		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
3111		to set the S flag.
3112	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
3113		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
3114		Northern Illinois University.
3115	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
3116		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
3117		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3118	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
3119		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
3120		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3121		University.
3122	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
3123		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
3124		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3125		University.
3126	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
3127		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
3128		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
3129		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
3130		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
3131		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
3132		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3133		University.
3134	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
3135		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
3136		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3137	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
3138		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
3139		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
3140		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
3141		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
3142		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
3143		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
3144		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
3145		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
3146		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
3147		Alcatel Australia Limited.
3148	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
3149		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
3150		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3151	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
3152		timeout to avoid starvation.
3153	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
3154		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
3155		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3156	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3157	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
3158		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
3159		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
3160		of Maryland.
3161	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
3162		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
3163		sendmail configuration file.
3164	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
3165		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
3166		option.
3167	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
3168		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3169	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
3170		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
3171	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
3172		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
3173	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
3174		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
3175	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3176		Corporation UK.
3177	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
3178		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
3179		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
3180		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3181	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
3182		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
3183		Institute for Global Communications.
3184	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
3185		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
3186		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3187	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
3188		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
3189		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3190	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
3191		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
3192		of the Institute for Global Communications.
3193	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
3194		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
3195	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
3196	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
3197		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
3198	Changed Files:
3199		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
3200			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
3201			which execute the actual Build script in
3202			devtools/bin.
3203		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
3204			-mandoc as they were previously.
3205		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
3206			of Build will work (unless parameters are
3207			required for Build).
3208	New Directories:
3209		devtools/M4/UNIX
3210		include
3211		libmilter
3212		libsmdb
3213		libsmutil
3214		vacation
3215	Renamed Directories:
3216		BuildTools => devtools
3217		src => sendmail
3218	Deleted Files:
3219		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
3220		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
3221		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3222		devtools/OS/SINIX
3223		sendmail/ldap_map.h
3224	New Files:
3225		INSTALL
3226		PGPKEYS
3227		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
3228		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
3229		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
3230		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
3231		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
3232		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
3233		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
3234		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
3235		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
3236		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
3237		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
3238		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
3239		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
3240		contrib/domainmap.m4
3241		contrib/qtool.8
3242		contrib/qtool.pl
3243		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
3244		devtools/M4/list.m4
3245		devtools/M4/string.m4
3246		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
3247		devtools/M4/switch.m4
3248		devtools/OS/Darwin
3249		devtools/OS/GNU
3250		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
3251		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
3252		devtools/OS/m88k
3253		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
3254		mail.local/Makefile
3255		mailstats/Makefile
3256		makemap/Makefile
3257		praliases/Makefile
3258		rmail/Makefile
3259		sendmail/Makefile
3260		sendmail/bf.h
3261		sendmail/bf_portable.c
3262		sendmail/bf_portable.h
3263		sendmail/bf_torek.c
3264		sendmail/bf_torek.h
3265		sendmail/shmticklib.c
3266		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
3267		sendmail/timers.c
3268		sendmail/timers.h
3269		smrsh/Makefile
3270		vacation/Makefile
3271	Renamed Files:
3272		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
3273		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3274		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
3275		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
3276		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
3277		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
3278		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
3279		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
3280		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
3281	Copied Files:
3282		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
3283
32848.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
3285	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
3286		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
3287		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
3288		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3289		Schools" project (IdS).
3290	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
3291		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
3292		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
3293		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3294	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
3295		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
3296		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
3297		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
3298	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
3299		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
3300		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
3301		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3302	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
3303		ExecPC Internet Systems.
3304	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
3305		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
3306		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
3307		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
3308		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
3309		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
3310	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
3311		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
3312		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
3313		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3314	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
3315		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
3316		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
3317		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
3318	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
3319		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
3320	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
3321		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
3322		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
3323		group of the IETF.
3324	Portability:
3325		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
3326			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
3327			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
3328			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
3329			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
3330			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
3331			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
3332			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
3333			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
3334			Technical University of Denmark.
3335		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
3336			Supercomputer Center.
3337		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
3338			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
3339			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
3340			of Stanford University.
3341		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
3342			between different releases.  Back out the
3343			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
3344			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
3345			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
3346			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
3347		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
3348			of Siemens/SNI.
3349		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3350	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
3351		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
3352		University of Brno.
3353	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
3354		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
3355		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3356	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
3357		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
3358		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3359	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
3360		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
3361	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
3362		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
3363		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3364	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
3365		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
3366		MIDS Europe.
3367	New Files:
3368		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
3369		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3370		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
3371
33728.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
3373	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
3374		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
3375		for a denial of service attack.
3376	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
3377		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3378	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
3379		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3380		Corporation UK.
3381	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
3382		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
3383	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
3384		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
3385	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
3386		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
3387		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
3388		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
3389		Internet Services.
3390	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
3391		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
3392		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
3393		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
3394	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
3395		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
3396		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
3397	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
3398		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3399	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
3400		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
3401		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
3402	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
3403		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3404		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3405	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
3406		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
3407		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
3408		Internet Services.
3409	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
3410		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
3411		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
3412	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
3413		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
3414		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
3415		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
3416		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
3417		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
3418		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
3419		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
3420		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
3421		extended testing.
3422	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
3423		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
3424	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
3425		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
3426		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
3427		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3428	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
3429		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
3430		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
3431		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3432		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3433	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
3434		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
3435		Network.
3436	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
3437		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
3438	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
3439		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
3440		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
3441		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
3442		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3443	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
3444		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
3445		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
3446	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
3447		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
3448	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
3449		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
3450		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
3451		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
3452		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3453	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
3454		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3455		Meteorological Institute.
3456	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3457	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
3458		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
3459	Portability:
3460		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3461		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
3462			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
3463			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
3464		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
3465			reading network interface addresses into
3466			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
3467			Cal State University, Chico.
3468		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
3469			from changing the semantics of the compiled
3470			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
3471			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
3472		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
3473			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3474		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3475		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
3476			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
3477		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
3478		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
3479			of Sun Microsystems.
3480		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
3481			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3482		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
3483			of Bits Co., Ltd.
3484		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
3485			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3486		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
3487			of E I A.
3488		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
3489			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
3490			Information Center.
3491		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
3492			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3493			Institute.
3494		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
3495			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
3496	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
3497		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
3498		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3499	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
3500		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
3501		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
3502		Manawatu Internet Services.
3503	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
3504		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
3505		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
3506		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
3507		of Northern Illinois University.
3508	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
3509		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3510		Kiel.
3511	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
3512		Dot Com.
3513	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
3514		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3515		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3516	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
3517		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
3518		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
3519		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3520		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
3521		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3522	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
3523		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
3524	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
3525		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3526	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
3527		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3528	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
3529		the envelope From header.
3530	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
3531		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
3532	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
3533		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
3534	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
3535		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
3536		Portal Services, Inc.
3537	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
3538		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
3539		Sun Microsystems.
3540	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3541	New Files:
3542		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
3543		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
3544		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
3545		contrib/smcontrol.pl
3546		src/control.c
3547
35488.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
3549	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
3550		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
3551		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
3552		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
3553	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
3554		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
3555		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3556		Meteorological Institute.
3557	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
3558		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
3559		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3560	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
3561		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
3562		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
3563		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3564	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
3565		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3566	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
3567		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
3568	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
3569		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
3570		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
3571	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
3572		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
3573		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
3574		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
3575	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
3576		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
3577		Flextech TV.
3578	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
3579		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
3580		DaveLtd Enterprises.
3581	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
3582		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
3583		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
3584		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
3585	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
3586		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
3587	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
3588		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
3589	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
3590		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
3591		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
3592	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
3593		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
3594		University.
3595	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
3596		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
3597		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
3598		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
3599		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
3600		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
3601	Portability:
3602		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
3603			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
3604			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
3605			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
3606		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
3607			of BSDI.
3608		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
3609			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
3610			PICT Inc.
3611		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
3612			J. P. McCann of E I A.
3613		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
3614			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
3615	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
3616		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
3617		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
3618		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3619	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
3620		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
3621		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3622	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
3623		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
3624		would not accept @@hostname.
3625	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
3626		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
3627	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
3628		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
3629		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3630	New Files:
3631		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
3632
36338.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
3634	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
3635		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
3636		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
3637		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
3638		which need the ability to override security can use the
3639		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
3640		information.
3641	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
3642		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
3643		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
3644		world writable directories.
3645	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
3646		it is in a world writable directory.
3647	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
3648		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
3649		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
3650		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3651		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3652	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
3653		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
3654		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
3655	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
3656		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
3657		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
3658		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
3659		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
3660		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
3661		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
3662		default.
3663	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
3664		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
3665		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
3666		the University of Maryland.
3667	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
3668		of Cal State University, Chico.
3669	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
3670		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
3671		current version of Berkeley DB.
3672	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
3673		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3674	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
3675		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
3676		of Maryland.
3677	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
3678		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
3679		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
3680		Microsystems.
3681	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
3682		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
3683		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
3684		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
3685	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
3686		mail.local on the F=z flag.
3687	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
3688		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
3689		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
3690		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
3691	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
3692		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
3693		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
3694		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3695		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3696	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
3697		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
3698		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
3699		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3700	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
3701		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
3702		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
3703	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
3704		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
3705		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
3706	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
3707		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
3708		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
3709		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
3710		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
3711		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
3712		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
3713		relaying entirely.
3714	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
3715		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
3716		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
3717		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
3718	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
3719		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
3720		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
3721		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3722	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
3723		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
3724		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
3725		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
3726		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3727	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
3728		sender for those failures.
3729	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
3730		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
3731		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
3732		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
3733		of Ericsson.
3734	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
3735		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
3736		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3737		of Procter & Gamble.
3738	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
3739		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
3740		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3741		of Procter & Gamble.
3742	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
3743		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
3744		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
3745		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
3746		DontBlameSendmail options are:
3747			Safe
3748			AssumeSafeChown
3749			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
3750			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
3751			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
3752			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
3753			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
3754			GroupWritableAliasFile
3755			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
3756			WorldWritableAliasFile
3757			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
3758			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
3759			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
3760			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
3761			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
3762			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
3763			MapInUnsafeDirPath
3764			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
3765			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
3766			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
3767			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
3768			LinkedMapInWritableDir
3769			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
3770			FileDeliveryToHardLink
3771			FileDeliveryToSymLink
3772			WriteMapToHardLink
3773			WriteMapToSymLink
3774			WriteStatsToHardLink
3775			WriteStatsToSymLink
3776			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
3777			RunWritableProgram
3778	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
3779		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
3780		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
3781		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
3782		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
3783	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
3784		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
3785	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
3786		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
3787	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
3788	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
3789		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
3790		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
3791		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
3792		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
3793	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
3794		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
3795		contrast to the success case).
3796	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
3797		of the form:
3798			HHeader: $>Ruleset
3799		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
3800		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
3801		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
3802	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
3803		from hiding their connection information in Received:
3804		headers.
3805	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
3806		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
3807		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
3808		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
3809	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
3810		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
3811		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
3812		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
3813		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
3814		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
3815	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
3816		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
3817		remote identity can be queried.
3818	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
3819		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
3820		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
3821		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3822	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
3823		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
3824		some of the details are determined dynamically via
3825		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
3826	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
3827		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
3828		the new Build method which creates an operating system
3829		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
3830	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
3831		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
3832		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
3833		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
3834		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
3835		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3836	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
3837		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
3838		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
3839		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
3840		This means that even if only one of the recipients
3841		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
3842		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
3843	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
3844		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
3845		of CNET: The Computer Network.
3846	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
3847	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
3848		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3849	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
3850		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
3851	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
3852		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
3853		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
3854		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
3855	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
3856		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
3857		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
3858		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3859	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
3860		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
3861		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3862	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
3863		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
3864		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
3865		Institute.
3866	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
3867		mail.local.
3868	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
3869		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
3870		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
3871	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
3872		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
3873		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3874	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
3875		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
3876		of InfoBeat, Inc.
3877	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
3878		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
3879	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
3880		mailstats command.
3881	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
3882		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
3883		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
3884	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
3885		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
3886		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
3887		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3888	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
3889		Ericsson.
3890	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
3891		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
3892		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
3893		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
3894	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
3895		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
3896		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
3897		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
3898		Stratus Computer, Inc.
3899	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
3900		currently supported version.
3901	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
3902		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
3903	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
3904		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
3905		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
3906		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3907	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
3908		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
3909		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
3910		message in error bounces.
3911	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
3912		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
3913		Digital Equipment Corporation.
3914	Portability:
3915		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
3916			of Kyoto University.
3917		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
3918			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
3919			Maryland.
3920		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
3921		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
3922			in Finland.
3923		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
3924			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
3925			the University of Maryland.
3926		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
3927			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
3928		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3929			Meteorological Institute.
3930		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
3931			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
3932		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
3933		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
3934		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
3935		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
3936			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
3937			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
3938			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
3939			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
3940		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
3941			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3942		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
3943			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
3944			Microsystems.
3945	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
3946	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
3947		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
3948		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3949	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
3950		directory for certain programs.
3951	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
3952		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
3953		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
3954		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
3955		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
3956	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
3957		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
3958		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
3959		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
3960	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
3961		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
3962		the user to setup different .forward files for
3963		user+detail addressing.
3964	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
3965		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
3966		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
3967	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
3968		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
3969		outside your domain).
3970	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
3971		any site to any site.
3972	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
3973		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
3974	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
3975		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
3976	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
3977		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
3978		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
3979		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
3980		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
3981	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
3982		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
3983	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
3984		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
3985	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
3986		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
3987		host names only.
3988	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
3989		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
3990		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
3991		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
3992		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
3993		needed for most installations.
3994	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
3995		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
3996		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
3997		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
3998		the University of Maryland.
3999	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
4000		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
4001		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
4002	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
4003		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
4004		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
4005	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
4006		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
4007	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
4008		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
4009	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
4010		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
4011		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
4012		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
4013		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
4014	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
4015		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
4016		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
4017		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
4018		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
4019		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
4020		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
4021	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
4022		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
4023	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
4024		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
4025		above for more information.
4026	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
4027		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4028		Meteorological Institute.
4029	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
4030		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
4031		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
4032		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
4033		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4034	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
4035		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
4036	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
4037		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
4038		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
4039		MustQuoteChars respectively.
4040	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
4041		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
4042		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
4043		CMU (now of Netscape).
4044	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
4045		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
4046		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
4047		read mail.local/README.
4048	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
4049		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
4050		University of Maryland.
4051	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
4052		University, Chico.
4053	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4054		Meteorological Institute.
4055	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
4056		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
4057		University of Maryland.
4058	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
4059		such as linked files in world writable directories.
4060	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
4061	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
4062	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
4063		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
4064		Braunschweig.
4065	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
4066		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
4067		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4068	Changed Files:
4069		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
4070			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
4071		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
4072	New Files:
4073		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
4074		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
4075		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
4076		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
4077		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
4078		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
4079		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
4080		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
4081		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
4082		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
4083		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
4084		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
4085		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
4086		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
4087		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
4088		BuildTools/OS/QNX
4089		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
4090		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
4091		BuildTools/README
4092		BuildTools/Site/README
4093		BuildTools/bin/Build
4094		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
4095		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
4096		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
4097		Makefile
4098		cf/cf/Build
4099		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
4100		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
4101		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
4102		cf/feature/access_db.m4
4103		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
4104		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
4105		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
4106		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
4107		cf/feature/rbl.m4
4108		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
4109		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
4110		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
4111		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
4112		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
4113		contrib/doublebounce.pl
4114		mail.local/Build
4115		mail.local/Makefile.m4
4116		mail.local/README
4117		mailstats/Build
4118		mailstats/Makefile.m4
4119		makemap/Build
4120		makemap/Makefile.m4
4121		praliases/Build
4122		praliases/Makefile.m4
4123		rmail/Build
4124		rmail/Makefile.m4
4125		rmail/rmail.0
4126		smrsh/Build
4127		smrsh/Makefile.m4
4128		src/Build
4129		src/Makefile.m4
4130		src/snprintf.c
4131	Deleted Files:
4132		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
4133		mail.local/Makefile
4134		mail.local/Makefile.dist
4135		mailstats/Makefile
4136		mailstats/Makefile.dist
4137		makemap/Makefile
4138		makemap/Makefile.dist
4139		praliases/Makefile
4140		praliases/Makefile.dist
4141		rmail/Makefile
4142		smrsh/Makefile
4143		smrsh/Makefile.dist
4144		src/Makefile
4145		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
4146		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
4147			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
4148		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
4149	Renamed Files:
4150		READ_ME => README
4151		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
4152		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
4153		src/READ_ME => src/README
4154
41558.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
4156	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
4157		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4158		Meteorological Institute.
4159	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
4160		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
4161		Arseneault of SRI International.
4162	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
4163		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
4164		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4165	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
4166		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
4167	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
4168		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
4169		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
4170		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4171	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
4172		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
4173		River Systems.
4174	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
4175		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
4176		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
4177		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
4178		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4179	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
4180		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
4181		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
4182		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
4183		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
4184	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
4185		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
4186		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
4187		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4188	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4189	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
4190		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4191	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
4192		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
4193		results during a single message processing (but would
4194		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
4195		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
4196	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
4197		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4198		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4199	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
4200		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
4201		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4202		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4203	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
4204		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
4205		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
4206		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
4207	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
4208		and the inability to save a bounce message to
4209		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
4210		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
4211		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
4212		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
4213		Associates.
4214	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
4215		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
4216		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
4217		could cause confusing error messages.
4218	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
4219		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
4220		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
4221		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
4222		SuperNet, Inc.
4223	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
4224		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4225	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
4226		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4227		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4228	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
4229		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
4230		dropped.
4231	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
4232		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
4233		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4234	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
4235		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
4236		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
4237	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
4238		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4239		Institute.
4240	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
4241		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
4242		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
4243		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
4244	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
4245		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
4246		RUS University of Stuttgart.
4247	Minor lint fixes.
4248	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
4249		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
4250		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
4251		of Stanford University.
4252	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
4253		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
4254		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
4255	Portability:
4256		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
4257			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
4258			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
4259			Electronic Data Systems.
4260		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
4261			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
4262		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
4263		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
4264			loader environment variables into the loader memory
4265			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
4266			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
4267			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
4268			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
4269			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
4270		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
4271			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
4272			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
4273			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
4274		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
4275			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4276		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
4277			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4278		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
4279			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
4280			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
4281			Services.
4282		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
4283			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4284		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
4285			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
4286			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
4287		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
4288			Services VAS.
4289	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4290	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
4291	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
4292			Ericsson.
4293
42948.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
4295	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
4296		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
4297		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
4298		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
4299		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
4300		GmbH.
4301	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
4302		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
4303		of Technology, Stockholm.
4304	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
4305		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
4306		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
4307		that these routines are included as though they were in the
4308		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
4309	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
4310		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
4311		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
4312		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
4313	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
4314		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
4315		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
4316		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
4317	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
4318		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
4319		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
4320		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
4321	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
4322	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
4323		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
4324		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
4325	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
4326		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
4327		have to assume that the information is good.
4328	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
4329		open or locked.
4330	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
4331	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
4332		errors during testing.
4333	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
4334		printed in the error message.
4335	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
4336		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
4337	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
4338		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
4339		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4340	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
4341		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
4342		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
4343	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
4344		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
4345		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
4346		runner runs during a critical section in another message
4347		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
4348		Results Computing.
4349	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
4350		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
4351		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
4352		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
4353		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4354	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
4355		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
4356		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
4357		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
4358		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
4359		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
4360		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
4361		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
4362		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
4363		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
4364		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
4365		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
4366		simultaneously.
4367	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
4368		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
4369	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
4370		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
4371		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4372	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
4373		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
4374		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
4375		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4376	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
4377		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
4378		CSU Chico.
4379	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
4380		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
4381		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
4382		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
4383	Portability:
4384		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
4385			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
4386			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
4387			be used instead.
4388		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
4389			of Argonne National Laboratory.
4390		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4391		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4392		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
4393			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
4394		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
4395			in Makefiles.
4396		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
4397			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
4398		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
4399			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
4400			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
4401			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
4402			NCR Corp.
4403		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
4404			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
4405		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
4406			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
4407			Resource Network
4408		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
4409			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
4410			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
4411			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
4412			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
4413			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
4414		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
4415			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
4416			Corp.
4417		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
4418			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
4419			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
4420		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
4421			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
4422		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
4423			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
4424			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
4425			PlainTalk.
4426	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
4427		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
4428		by Harry Styron.
4429	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
4430		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
4431	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
4432	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
4433		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
4434		changed after open".
4435	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
4436		files.
4437	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
4438	NEW FILES:
4439		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
4440		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
4441		test/t_exclopen.c
4442		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
4443	DELETED FILES:
4444		Makefile
4445
44468.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
4447	    *************************************************************
4448	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
4449	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
4450	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
4451	    * continued sendmail development.				*
4452	    *************************************************************
4453	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
4454		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
4455		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
4456		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
4457		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
4458		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
4459		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
4460		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
4461		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
4462		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
4463		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
4464		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
4465		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
4466		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
4467		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
4468		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
4469	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4470		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4471		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
4472		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
4473		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
4474		another database; this can be used either to expose
4475		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
4476		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
4477		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
4478		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
4479		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
4480		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
4481		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
4482		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
4483		system directories.
4484	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
4485		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
4486		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
4487		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
4488		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
4489		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
4490		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
4491	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
4492		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
4493		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
4494		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
4495		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
4496		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
4497		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
4498		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
4499		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
4500		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
4501		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
4502		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
4503		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
4504		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
4505		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
4506		NFS-mounted filesystems.
4507	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
4508		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
4509		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
4510		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
4511		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
4512		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
4513	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
4514		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
4515		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4516	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
4517		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4518		same host).
4519	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
4520		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
4521		from Theo de Raadt.
4522	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
4523		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
4524		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4525	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
4526		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
4527		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
4528	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
4529		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
4530		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4531	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
4532		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
4533		Microsystems.
4534	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
4535		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
4536		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4537	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
4538		too large) don't send the bogus message.
4539	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
4540		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
4541		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4542	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
4543		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
4544		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
4545	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
4546		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
4547		Shapiro.
4548	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
4549		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
4550		Sun Microsystems.
4551	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
4552		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
4553		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
4554		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
4555		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
4556		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
4557	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
4558		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
4559		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
4560		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
4561		Mercury Mail.
4562	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
4563		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
4564		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
4565		Morgan Stanley.
4566	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
4567		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
4568		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
4569		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4570	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
4571		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
4572		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
4573		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
4574		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
4575		not be run.
4576	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
4577		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
4578		printing.
4579	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
4580		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
4581		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4582	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
4583		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
4584	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
4585	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
4586		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
4587		erroneous results during a single message processing
4588		(but would recover when the next message was received).
4589	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
4590		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
4591		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
4592		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
4593		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
4594		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
4595		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
4596	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
4597		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
4598		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
4599		address as "may be forged".
4600	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
4601		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
4602		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
4603	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
4604		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
4605		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
4606		of TwinCom.
4607	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
4608		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
4609		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
4610		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
4611	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
4612		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
4613		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
4614	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
4615		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4616		Institute.
4617	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
4618		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
4619		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
4620		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
4621		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
4622		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
4623		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
4624		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
4625	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
4626		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
4627		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
4628		book (2nd edition).
4629	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
4630		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
4631		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
4632		John Beck of SunSoft.
4633	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
4634		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
4635		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
4636	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
4637		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
4638	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
4639		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
4640	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
4641		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
4642	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
4643		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
4644		returns.
4645	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
4646		on some architectures.
4647	Portability:
4648		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
4649		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
4650			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
4651			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
4652			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
4653			of Washington.
4654		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
4655			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
4656			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4657		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
4658		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
4659		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
4660		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
4661			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
4662			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
4663			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4664		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
4665		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
4666			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
4667			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
4668			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
4669			Cambridge.
4670		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
4671			Kari Hurtta.
4672		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
4673			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
4674			IRIX Makefile).
4675		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
4676			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4677	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
4678		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
4679		Brian Candler.
4680	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
4681		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
4682		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4683	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
4684		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
4685		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4686	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
4687		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
4688		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4689	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
4690		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
4691		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4692	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
4693		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
4694		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
4695	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
4696		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
4697		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
4698		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
4699		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4700	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
4701		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
4702		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
4703		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
4704	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
4705		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
4706		was specified, even when it wasn't.
4707	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
4708	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
4709		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
4710		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
4711		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
4712		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
4713	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
4714		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
4715		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
4716		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
4717		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
4718		developers).
4719	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
4720		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
4721		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4722	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
4723		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
4724		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
4725		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
4726	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
4727		NEXTSTEP.
4728	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
4729		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
4730		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
4731		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
4732		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4733	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
4734		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
4735		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
4736		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
4737		for system accounts.
4738	NEW FILES:
4739		src/safefile.c
4740		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
4741		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
4742		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
4743		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
4744		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
4745	RENAMED FILES:
4746		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
4747		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
4748
47498.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
4750	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
4751		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
4752		even if RunAsUser is specified.
4753	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
4754		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
4755		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4756	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
4757		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
4758		University of Pennsylvania.
4759	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
4760		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
4761		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
4762		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
4763		was unnecessarily awful.
4764	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
4765		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
4766		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
4767	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
4768		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
4769		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
4770		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
4771		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
4772		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4773	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
4774		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4775	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
4776		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
4777		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
4778	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
4779		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
4780		Semiconductor Corp.
4781	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
4782		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
4783		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
4784		at Austin.
4785	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
4786		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
4787		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
4788		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
4789		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
4790	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
4791		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
4792		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
4793		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
4794		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
4795	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
4796		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
4797		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
4798		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
4799		Costales.
4800	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
4801		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
4802		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
4803		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
4804		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
4805	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
4806		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
4807		The current values and defaults are:
4808		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
4809		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
4810		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
4811		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
4812		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
4813	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
4814		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
4815		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
4816	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
4817		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
4818	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
4819		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
4820		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
4821		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
4822		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
4823		Eric Hagberg.
4824	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
4825		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
4826		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
4827		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
4828	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
4829		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
4830		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
4831		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4832	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
4833		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
4834		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
4835		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
4836		Communications.
4837	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
4838		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
4839		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
4840		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4841	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
4842		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
4843	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
4844		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
4845	PORTABILITY:
4846		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
4847			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
4848		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
4849			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
4850		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
4851		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
4852			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
4853			(Moscow).
4854		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
4855		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
4856		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
4857		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
4858		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
4859			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
4860	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
4861		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
4862		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
4863		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
4864		Received: line.
4865	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
4866		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
4867		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
4868		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
4869		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
4870		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
4871	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
4872		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
4873		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
4874		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
4875		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
4876		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
4877		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
4878		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
4879		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
4880		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
4881	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
4882		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
4883		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
4884		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
4885		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4886	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
4887		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
4888		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
4889	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
4890		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
4891		Long Beach.
4892
48938.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
4894	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
4895		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
4896		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
4897		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
4898		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
4899		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
4900		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
4901	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
4902		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
4903		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
4904		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
4905		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
4906		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
4907		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
4908		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
4909		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
4910	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
4911		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
4912		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4913	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
4914		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
4915		Problem noted by several people.
4916	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
4917		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
4918		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
4919		by several people.
4920	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
4921		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
4922	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
4923		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
4924		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
4925		of Best Internet Communications.
4926	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
4927		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
4928	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
4929		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
4930		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
4931		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
4932		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
4933	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
4934		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
4935	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
4936		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
4937	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
4938		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4939	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
4940		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
4941		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
4942		by Roy Mongiovi.
4943	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
4944		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4945	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
4946		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
4947		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
4948		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
4949		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
4950	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
4951		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
4952		of Kyoto University.
4953	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
4954		conditions from Don Lewis.
4955	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
4956		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
4957		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
4958		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
4959		patch from Bryan Costales.
4960	PORTABILITY FIXES:
4961		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
4962			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
4963			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
4964			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
4965			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
4966		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
4967			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
4968		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
4969			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
4970		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
4971			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
4972			of Tokyo.
4973		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
4974			Services, Inc.
4975		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
4976			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
4977			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
4978			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
4979		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
4980			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
4981	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
4982		than one long one.  By popular demand.
4983	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
4984		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
4985	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
4986		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
4987		of NTT Software Corporation.
4988	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
4989	NEW FILES:
4990		contrib/etrn.pl
4991
49928.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
4993	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
4994		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
4995		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
4996		best-of-security list.
4997	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
4998		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
4999		should make it clearer to people that they are running
5000		the wrong binary.
5001	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
5002		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
5003		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
5004		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
5005		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
5006	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
5007		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
5008		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
5009		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5010	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
5011		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5012	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
5013		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
5014		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
5015		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
5016		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
5017		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
5018		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
5019		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
5020		Eric Wassenaar.
5021	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
5022		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
5023		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
5024		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
5025		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
5026		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
5027		UUNET.
5028	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
5029		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
5030		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
5031		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
5032		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
5033	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
5034		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
5035		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
5036		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
5037	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
5038		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5039	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
5040		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
5041		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
5042		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
5043	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
5044		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
5045		University of Linkoping.
5046	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
5047		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
5048		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
5049	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
5050		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
5051		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
5052		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
5053		other end.
5054	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
5055		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
5056		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
5057	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
5058		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
5059		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
5060		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5061	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5062		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
5063			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
5064			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
5065			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
5066		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
5067			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
5068		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
5069			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
5070		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
5071			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
5072			The outline of the implementation was contributed
5073			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
5074		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
5075			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
5076			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
5077			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
5078			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
5079			Earickson of Colby College.
5080		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
5081			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
5082			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
5083			Kari Hurtta.
5084	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
5085		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
5086		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
5087	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
5088		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
5089		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
5090		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5091	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
5092		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
5093		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
5094		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
5095		University of Washington, Seattle.
5096	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
5097		Polytechnic Institute.
5098	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
5099		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
5100	NEW FILES:
5101		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
5102		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
5103		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
5104
51058.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
5106	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
5107		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
5108	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5109		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
5110			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
5111			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
5112	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
5113		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
5114	CONFIG: no changes.
5115
51168.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
5117	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
5118		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
5119		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
5120	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
5121		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
5122		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
5123		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
5124		of WPI.
5125	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
5126		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
5127		Kyoto University.
5128	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
5129		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
5130		on illegal host names.
5131	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
5132		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
5133		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
5134	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
5135		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
5136		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
5137	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
5138		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
5139		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5140	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
5141		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
5142		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
5143	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
5144		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
5145		University of Leicester.
5146	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
5147		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
5148		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
5149		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
5150		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
5151		University of Washington.
5152	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5153		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
5154			people pointed this out.
5155		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
5156		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
5157			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
5158	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
5159		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
5160	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
5161		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
5162		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
5163		Softec.
5164	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
5165		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5166	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
5167		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
5168
51698.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
5170	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
5171		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
5172	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
5173		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
5174		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
5175	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
5176		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
5177		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
5178		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
5179	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
5180		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
5181		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
5182		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
5183		NSC (Japan).
5184	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
5185		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
5186		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5187	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
5188		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
5189		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
5190		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
5191	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
5192		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
5193		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
5194		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
5195		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
5196		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
5197		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
5198		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
5199	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
5200		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
5201	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
5202		printout.
5203	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
5204	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
5205		square braces.
5206	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
5207		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
5208		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
5209	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
5210		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
5211		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
5212		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5213	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
5214		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
5215		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
5216		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
5217	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
5218		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
5219		Dandelion Digital.
5220	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
5221		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
5222	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
5223		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
5224		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
5225	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
5226		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
5227		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
5228	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
5229		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
5230	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
5231		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
5232		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
5233		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
5234		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
5235	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
5236		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
5237	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
5238		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
5239		mailers.
5240	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
5241		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
5242		Myers of CMU.
5243	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
5244		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
5245		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
5246		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
5247		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
5248		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
5249	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
5250		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
5251		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
5252		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
5253		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
5254		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
5255		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
5256		parameter.
5257	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
5258		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
5259		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
5260		University of Maryland.
5261	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
5262		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
5263	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
5264		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
5265		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
5266	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
5267		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
5268		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
5269		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
5270		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
5271		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
5272		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
5273	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
5274		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
5275		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
5276		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
5277		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
5278	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
5279		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
5280		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
5281		section 5.2.5.
5282	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
5283		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
5284		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
5285		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
5286		is for incoming connections only.
5287	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
5288		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
5289		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
5290		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
5291		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
5292		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
5293		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
5294		(e.g., due to connection caching).
5295	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
5296		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
5297		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
5298		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
5299		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
5300		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
5301		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
5302		that take a very long time to run.
5303	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
5304		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
5305		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
5306	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
5307		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
5308		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5309	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
5310		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
5311		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5312	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
5313		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
5314		Costales.
5315	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
5316		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
5317		Technologies, Inc.
5318	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
5319		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
5320		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
5321	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
5322		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
5323		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
5324		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
5325		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
5326		different for this case.
5327	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
5328		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
5329		of Stanford University.
5330	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
5331		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
5332		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
5333		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5334	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
5335		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
5336		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
5337	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
5338		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
5339		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5340	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
5341		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
5342		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
5343		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
5344	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
5345		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
5346		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
5347		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
5348		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
5349		Pasteur Institute.
5350	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
5351		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
5352		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
5353		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
5354	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
5355		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
5356		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
5357		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
5358		canonification.
5359	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
5360		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
5361		mailers.
5362	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
5363		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
5364		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
5365		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
5366		either of these in their configuration file.
5367	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
5368		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
5369		St. Peter's College.
5370	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
5371		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
5372	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
5373		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
5374	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
5375		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5376	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
5377		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
5378		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
5379		Costales.
5380	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
5381		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
5382		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
5383		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
5384		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
5385		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
5386		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
5387		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
5388		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
5389		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
5390		in rulesets.
5391	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
5392		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
5393		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
5394		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
5395		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
5396		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
5397		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
5398		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
5399	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
5400		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
5401		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
5402		on that basis.
5403	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
5404		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
5405	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
5406		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
5407		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
5408		Vixie.
5409	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
5410		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
5411		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
5412		See also the src/READ_ME file.
5413	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
5414		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
5415		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
5416		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
5417		two characters $, +.
5418	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
5419		debug_dumpstate.
5420	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
5421		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
5422		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
5423		valid recipients.
5424	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
5425		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
5426		noted by Tom May.
5427	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
5428		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
5429		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
5430		Beck of InReference, Inc.
5431	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
5432		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
5433		Computing Corporation.
5434	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
5435		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
5436		Internet Communications.
5437	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
5438		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
5439		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
5440		of Lysator.
5441	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
5442		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
5443		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
5444		of the University of Iceland.
5445	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
5446		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
5447		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
5448		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
5449		this change is a no-op.
5450	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
5451		Costales.
5452	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
5453		Bryan Costales.
5454	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
5455		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
5456	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
5457		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5458	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
5459		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5460	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
5461		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
5462		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
5463		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5464	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
5465		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
5466		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
5467		Jones of UUNET.
5468	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
5469		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
5470		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5471	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
5472		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
5473		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
5474		easily determine what messages are to their role as
5475		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
5476		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
5477	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
5478		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
5479		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
5480		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
5481		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
5482		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
5483		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
5484		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
5485		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
5486		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
5487		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
5488		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
5489	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
5490		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
5491		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
5492		of Stanford University.
5493	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
5494		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
5495		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
5496		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
5497		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
5498		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
5499		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
5500	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
5501		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
5502		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
5503		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
5504		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
5505		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5506	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
5507		Motonori Nakamura.
5508	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
5509		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
5510		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
5511		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
5512	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
5513		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
5514		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
5515		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
5516		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
5517		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
5518		value is ".hoststat".
5519		There are also two new operation modes:
5520		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
5521		    connections.
5522		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
5523		    recent status information.
5524		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
5525		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
5526		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
5527		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
5528		framework is gratefully appreciated.
5529	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
5530		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
5531		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
5532		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
5533		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
5534		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
5535		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
5536		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
5537		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
5538		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
5539		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
5540	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
5541		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
5542		Costales.
5543	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
5544		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5545	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
5546		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
5547		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
5548		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5549	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
5550		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
5551		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
5552		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
5553		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
5554		Webmasters.
5555	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
5556		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
5557		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
5558		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
5559		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
5560	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
5561		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
5562		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
5563		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
5564		of Washington, Seattle.
5565	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
5566		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
5567		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
5568		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
5569		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
5570		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
5571	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
5572		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
5573		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
5574		Nakamura.
5575	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
5576		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
5577		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
5578		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
5579		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
5580		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
5581		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
5582		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
5583		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
5584		well constrained.
5585	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
5586		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
5587		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
5588		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
5589		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
5590	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
5591		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
5592		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
5593		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
5594		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
5595		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
5596	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
5597		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
5598		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
5599	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
5600		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
5601		Wolfhugel.
5602	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
5603		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
5604	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
5605		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
5606		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
5607	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
5608		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5609	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
5610		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
5611		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
5612		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
5613		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
5614	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
5615		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
5616		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
5617		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
5618	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
5619		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
5620		National University of Singapore.
5621	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
5622		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
5623		system can't cope with.
5624	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5625		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
5626			Atlas International.
5627		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
5628			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
5629		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
5630			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
5631			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
5632			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
5633			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
5634			Bernstein and Associates.
5635		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
5636			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
5637			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
5638		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
5639			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
5640		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
5641			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
5642			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
5643		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
5644			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5645		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
5646			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
5647		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
5648		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5649		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
5650			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5651			Institute.
5652		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
5653			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
5654		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
5655		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
5656			Employment Standards Administration.
5657		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
5658		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
5659			Jr.
5660		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
5661			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
5662		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
5663			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
5664		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
5665		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
5666		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
5667		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
5668			of the University of Arizona.
5669		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
5670			Vanderbilt University.
5671		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
5672			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
5673			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
5674			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5675	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
5676		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
5677	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
5678		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
5679		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
5680		Foundation.
5681	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
5682	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
5683		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
5684		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
5685		Myers of CMU.
5686	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
5687		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
5688		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
5689	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
5690		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
5691		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
5692		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
5693		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
5694		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
5695		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
5696		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
5697	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
5698		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
5699		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
5700		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
5701		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
5702		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
5703		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5704	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
5705		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
5706		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
5707		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
5708			info@foo.com	foo-info
5709			info@bar.com	bar-info
5710			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
5711		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
5712		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
5713		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
5714		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
5715		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
5716		a great many people.
5717	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
5718		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
5719	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
5720		"fax" mailer.
5721	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
5722		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
5723		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
5724		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
5725		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
5726		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
5727	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
5728		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
5729		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
5730		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
5731		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
5732	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
5733		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
5734		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
5735		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
5736		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
5737		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
5738	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
5739		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
5740		of WPI.
5741	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
5742		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
5743		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5744	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
5745		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
5746		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
5747	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
5748		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
5749		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
5750		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5751	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
5752	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
5753		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
5754		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
5755		by Andreas Luik.
5756	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
5757		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
5758		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5759	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
5760		Wolfhugel.
5761	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
5762	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
5763		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
5764		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
5765		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
5766		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
5767		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
5768		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
5769	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
5770		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
5771		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
5772		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
5773		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
5774	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
5775		Costales.
5776	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
5777	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
5778		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
5779	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
5780	NEW FILES:
5781		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
5782		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
5783		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
5784		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
5785		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
5786		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
5787		mailstats/mailstats.8
5788		praliases/praliases.8
5789		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
5790		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
5791		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
5792		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
5793		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
5794		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
5795		cf/ostype/altos.m4
5796		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
5797		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
5798		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
5799		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
5800	DELETED FILES:
5801		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
5802		contrib/xla/README
5803		contrib/xla/xla.c
5804	RENAMED FILES:
5805		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
5806		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
5807		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
5808		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
5809		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
5810
58118.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
5812	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
5813		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
5814		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
5815		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
5816		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
5817	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
5818		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
5819		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
5820
58218.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
5822	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
5823		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
5824		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
5825		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
5826		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
5827		and others.
5828
58298.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
5830	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
5831		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
5832		any user (except root).
5833	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
5834		version number is unchanged.
5835
58368.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
5837	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
5838		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
5839		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5840	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
5841		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
5842		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
5843		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
5844	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
5845		Costales.
5846	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5847		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
5848		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
5849			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
5850			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
5851			Stanford University.
5852	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
5853		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
5854
58558.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
5856	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
5857		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
5858		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
5859	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
5860		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
5861		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
5862		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
5863		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
5864		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
5865		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
5866	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
5867		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
5868		by Kari Hurtta.
5869	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
5870		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
5871		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
5872		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
5873		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
5874		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
5875		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
5876		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
5877		bounces when it should have requeued.
5878	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
5879		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
5880		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
5881		John Hawkinson of Panix.
5882	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
5883		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
5884		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
5885		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
5886		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
5887		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
5888		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
5889		Infobiogen.
5890	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
5891		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
5892		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
5893		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
5894		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
5895	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
5896		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
5897	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
5898		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
5899		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
5900	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
5901		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
5902		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
5903	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
5904		underscores.
5905	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
5906		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
5907		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
5908	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
5909		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
5910		included even if the user did not request success notification,
5911		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
5912	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
5913		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
5914		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
5915		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
5916		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
5917	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
5918		Costales of ICSI.
5919	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
5920		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
5921		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
5922	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
5923		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
5924		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
5925		Technological University.
5926	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
5927		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
5928		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
5929		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5930	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
5931		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
5932	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
5933		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
5934	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
5935		to have the database format of the alias files without the
5936		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
5937		Inc.
5938	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
5939		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
5940		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
5941	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
5942		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
5943		University.
5944	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
5945		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
5946		Association for Progressive Communications.
5947	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
5948		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
5949		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
5950		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
5951		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
5952		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
5953		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
5954		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
5955	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
5956		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
5957		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
5958		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
5959	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
5960		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
5961		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
5962		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
5963		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
5964		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
5965	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5966		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
5967			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
5968			James B. Davis of TCI.
5969		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
5970			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
5971		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
5972			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
5973			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
5974			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
5975			isn't supported on all compilers.
5976		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
5977	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
5978		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
5979	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
5980		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
5981	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
5982		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
5983		(France).
5984	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
5985		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
5986	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
5987		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
5988		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
5989	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
5990		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
5991		for different files.
5992	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
5993		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
5994		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5995	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
5996		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
5997		changes).
5998
59998.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
6000	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
6001		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
6002		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
6003		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6004	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
6005		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
6006		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
6007		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
6008		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
6009		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6010	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
6011		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
6012		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
6013		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
6014		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
6015		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
6016		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
6017		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
6018		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
6019		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
6020	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
6021		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
6022		results.  This could have security implications.
6023	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
6024		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
6025		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
6026	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
6027		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
6028		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
6029		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
6030		Elz.
6031	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
6032		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
6033	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
6034		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
6035		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
6036		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
6037		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
6038		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
6039		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
6040		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
6041		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
6042		domain names are your friends.
6043	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
6044		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
6045	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
6046		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
6047	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
6048		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
6049		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
6050		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
6051		of TerraNet.
6052	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
6053		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
6054		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
6055		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
6056		of WPI.
6057	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6058		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
6059			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
6060			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
6061			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
6062			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
6063		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
6064			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
6065		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
6066		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
6067		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
6068			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
6069	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
6070		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
6071		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6072	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
6073		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
6074		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6075	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
6076		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
6077		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
6078		Infobiogen (France).
6079	NEW FILES:
6080		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6081		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6082		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
6083
60848.7/8.7		1995/09/16
6085	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
6086		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
6087		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
6088		Global Communications.
6089	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
6090		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
6091	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
6092		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
6093		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
6094		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
6095		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6096	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
6097		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
6098		can be confusing.
6099	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
6100		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
6101	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
6102		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
6103	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
6104		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
6105		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
6106		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
6107		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
6108		Maryland.
6109	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
6110		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
6111		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
6112		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
6113		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6114	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
6115		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
6116		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
6117		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
6118		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
6119	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
6120		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6121	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
6122		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
6123		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
6124		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6125	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
6126		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
6127		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
6128		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
6129		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
6130		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
6131		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
6132		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
6133		Swarthmore University.
6134	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
6135		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
6136		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
6137		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
6138			ruleset.
6139		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
6140		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
6141			-d debug flag.
6142		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
6143		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
6144		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
6145		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
6146			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
6147			and the parsed address.
6148		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
6149			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
6150		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
6151			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
6152			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
6153			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
6154			recipients.
6155		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
6156			return the result.
6157		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
6158			`mapname' and return the result.
6159	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
6160		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
6161	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
6162		the header for envelope sender information and uses
6163		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
6164		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
6165		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
6166		that functionality.
6167	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
6168		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
6169		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
6170		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
6171		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
6172		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
6173	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
6174		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
6175		of Michigan Technological University.
6176	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
6177		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
6178		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
6179		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
6180		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
6181		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
6182		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
6183		or not.
6184	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
6185		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
6186		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
6187		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
6188		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
6189		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
6190		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
6191	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
6192		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
6193		should have minimal impact on external function.
6194	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
6195		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
6196			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
6197		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
6198			7	SevenBitInput
6199			8	EightBitMode
6200			A	AliasFile
6201			a	AliasWait
6202			B	BlankSub
6203			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
6204			C	CheckpointInterval
6205			c	HoldExpensive
6206			D	AutoRebuildAliases
6207			d	DeliveryMode
6208			E	ErrorHeader
6209			e	ErrorMode
6210			f	SaveFromLine
6211			F	TempFileMode
6212			G	MatchGECOS
6213			H	HelpFile
6214			h	MaxHopCount
6215			i	IgnoreDots
6216			I	ResolverOptions
6217			J	ForwardPath
6218			j	SendMimeErrors
6219			k	ConnectionCacheSize
6220			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
6221			L	LogLevel
6222			l	UseErrorsTo
6223			m	MeToo
6224			n	CheckAliases
6225			O	DaemonPortOptions
6226			o	OldStyleHeaders
6227			P	PostmasterCopy
6228			p	PrivacyOptions
6229			Q	QueueDirectory
6230			q	QueueFactor
6231			R	DontPruneRoutes
6232			r, T	Timeout
6233			S	StatusFile
6234			s	SuperSafe
6235			t	TimeZoneSpec
6236			u	DefaultUser
6237			U	UserDatabaseSpec
6238			V	FallbackMXHost
6239			v	Verbose
6240			w	TryNullMXList
6241			x	QueueLA
6242			X	RefuseLA
6243			Y	ForkEachJob
6244			y	RecipientFactor
6245			z	ClassFactor
6246			Z	RetryFactor
6247		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
6248		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
6249			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
6250			$l	UnixFromLine
6251			$o	OperatorChars
6252			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
6253		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
6254		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
6255		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
6256		specify "V6" in the configuration.
6257	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
6258		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
6259		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
6260		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
6261		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
6262		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
6263		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
6264		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
6265		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
6266		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6267	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
6268		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
6269		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
6270			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
6271			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
6272		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
6273			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
6274			recipient mailer flags.
6275		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
6276		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
6277			delivery.
6278		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
6279		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
6280		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
6281		    |	Check for |program on this address.
6282		    /	Check for /file on this address.
6283		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
6284			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
6285			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
6286			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
6287		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
6288		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
6289		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6290	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
6291		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
6292		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
6293		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
6294		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
6295		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
6296		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
6297		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
6298		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
6299		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
6300		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
6301		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
6302		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
6303		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
6304		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
6305		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
6306			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
6307			(essentially, the full MIME option).
6308		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
6309			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
6310		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
6311			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
6312			flag is ignored.
6313		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
6314			the setting of F=8.
6315	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
6316		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
6317		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
6318		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
6319	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
6320		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
6321		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
6322		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
6323	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
6324		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
6325		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
6326		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
6327	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
6328		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
6329		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
6330		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
6331		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
6332		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
6333		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
6334		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
6335	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
6336		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
6337		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
6338		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
6339		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
6340		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
6341		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
6342		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
6343		Unicom.
6344	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
6345		fashion as the U= mailer option.
6346	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
6347		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
6348		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
6349		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
6350		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
6351		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
6352		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
6353		from Chip Rosenthal.
6354	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
6355		For example,
6356		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
6357		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
6358		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
6359		set them both the preferred new syntax is
6360		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
6361		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
6362	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
6363		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
6364		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
6365		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
6366		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
6367		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
6368		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
6369		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
6370		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
6371		contribution was to make it configurable).
6372	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
6373		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
6374		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
6375		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
6376		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
6377		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
6378	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
6379		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
6380		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
6381		I/O redirection.
6382	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
6383		can be confusing.
6384	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
6385		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
6386		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
6387	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
6388	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
6389		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
6390		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
6391		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
6392		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
6393		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
6394		queue-only.
6395	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
6396		:include: and .forward files.
6397	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
6398		key field name, the value field name, and the field
6399		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
6400		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
6401		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
6402	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
6403		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6404	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
6405		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
6406		Sun Microsystems.
6407	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
6408		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
6409		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
6410		Hutton of Indiana University.
6411	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
6412		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
6413		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
6414		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
6415		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
6416		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6417	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
6418		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
6419		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
6420		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
6421		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
6422		as comments.
6423	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
6424		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
6425		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
6426		are from sysexits.h.
6427	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
6428		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
6429		    Kmap1 ...
6430		    Kmap2 ...
6431		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
6432		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
6433		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
6434		map2 is searched and the value returned.
6435	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
6436		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
6437		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
6438		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
6439		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
6440		For example, if the declaration of the map is
6441		    Ksample switch hosts
6442		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
6443		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
6444		equivalent to
6445		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
6446		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
6447	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
6448		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
6449		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
6450		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
6451		the -m (matchonly) flag.
6452	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
6453		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
6454		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
6455	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
6456		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
6457		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
6458		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
6459	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
6460		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
6461		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
6462		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
6463		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
6464		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
6465		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
6466		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
6467		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
6468	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
6469		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
6470		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
6471		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
6472		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
6473	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
6474		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
6475		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
6476		an /etc/hosts entry reads
6477		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
6478		this change will use the second name as the canonical
6479		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
6480	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
6481		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
6482		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
6483		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
6484		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
6485		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
6486	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
6487		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
6488		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
6489		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
6490		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
6491		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
6492		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
6493	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
6494		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
6495		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
6496	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
6497		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
6498		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
6499		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
6500	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
6501		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
6502		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
6503		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
6504		much longer than the specified timeout.
6505	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
6506		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
6507		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
6508		denial-of-service attack.
6509	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
6510		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
6511		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
6512	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
6513		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
6514		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
6515		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
6516		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
6517		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
6518		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
6519		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
6520		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
6521		actually file lookups.
6522	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
6523		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
6524		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
6525		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
6526	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
6527		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
6528		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
6529		support for them has been removed.
6530	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
6531		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
6532		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
6533	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
6534		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
6535		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
6536		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
6537	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
6538		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
6539		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6540	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
6541		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
6542		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
6543	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
6544		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
6545		also improves the connection cache utilization.
6546	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
6547		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
6548		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
6549	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
6550		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
6551		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
6552		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
6553		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
6554		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
6555		Microsystems.
6556	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
6557		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
6558		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
6559		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
6560		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
6561		option can give the network software time to establish
6562		the link.  The default units are seconds.
6563	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
6564		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
6565		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
6566		Defense Information Systems Agency.
6567	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
6568		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
6569		the National Computer Security Center.
6570	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
6571		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
6572		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
6573		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
6574		the mailprio scripts (see below).
6575	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
6576		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
6577		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
6578		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
6579		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
6580		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
6581		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
6582		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
6583		University Computing Service.
6584	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
6585		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
6586		the University of Kentucky.
6587	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
6588		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
6589		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
6590	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
6591		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
6592	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
6593		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
6594		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
6595		Corporation.
6596	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
6597		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
6598		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
6599		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
6600	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
6601		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
6602		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
6603		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
6604		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
6605		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
6606		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
6607	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
6608		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
6609		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
6610	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
6611		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
6612		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
6613		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
6614	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
6615		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
6616		Communications.
6617	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
6618		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
6619		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
6620		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
6621		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
6622	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
6623		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
6624		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
6625		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
6626		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
6627	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
6628		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6629	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
6630		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
6631		on values:
6632		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
6633					message will be passed on even
6634					though it is in technically
6635					illegal syntax.
6636		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
6637					recipients that it can find from
6638					the envelope.  This risks exposing
6639					Bcc: recipients.
6640		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
6641					has almost no redeeming social value,
6642					and is provided only for back
6643					compatibility.
6644		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
6645					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
6646					which will have the effect of
6647					making the message legal without
6648					exposing Bcc: recipients.
6649		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
6650					There is a chance that mailers down
6651					the line will delete this header,
6652					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
6653					recipients.
6654		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
6655	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
6656		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
6657		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
6658		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
6659		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
6660	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
6661		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
6662		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
6663		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
6664		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
6665		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
6666		For example, if you run with
6667			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
6668		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
6669		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
6670		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
6671		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
6672	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
6673		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
6674			list: member1
6675			list: member2
6676		and an alias file declared as:
6677			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
6678		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
6679		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
6680		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6681	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
6682	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
6683		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
6684		Johannesen.
6685	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
6686		to be simpler and more consistent.
6687	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
6688		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
6689		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
6690		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6691	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
6692		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
6693		This may affect some people who have written their own
6694		checkcompat() routine.
6695	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
6696		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
6697		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
6698	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
6699		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
6700		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
6701		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
6702	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
6703		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
6704		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
6705		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
6706		Corporation.
6707	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
6708		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
6709		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
6710		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
6711		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
6712		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
6713		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
6714		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
6715	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
6716		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
6717		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
6718	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
6719		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
6720		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6721	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
6722		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
6723		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
6724	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
6725		the header.
6726	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6727	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
6728		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
6729		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
6730	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
6731		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
6732		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
6733		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
6734		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
6735		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
6736	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
6737		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
6738		is added between the first and second word of the first
6739		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
6740		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
6741		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
6742		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
6743		old sendmails understand.
6744	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
6745		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
6746	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
6747		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
6748		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
6749		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
6750		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
6751		data -- for example,
6752		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
6753					(romanized/less information)
6754		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
6755					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
6756					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
6757		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
6758					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
6759		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
6760		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
6761	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
6762		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
6763		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
6764		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
6765		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
6766		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
6767		Eric Prestemon of American University.
6768	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
6769		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
6770		increment on the background value).
6771	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
6772		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
6773		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
6774	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
6775		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
6776		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
6777	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
6778		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
6779		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
6780		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
6781		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
6782	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
6783		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
6784		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
6785		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
6786		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
6787		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
6788		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
6789		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
6790		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
6791	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
6792		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
6793		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
6794		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
6795		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
6796		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
6797		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
6798	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
6799		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
6800		service type is "files".
6801	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
6802		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
6803		into class "c".
6804	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
6805		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
6806		contributed by SunSoft.
6807	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
6808		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
6809		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
6810		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
6811		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
6812		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
6813		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
6814		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
6815		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
6816		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
6817	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
6818		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
6819		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
6820		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6821	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
6822		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
6823		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
6824		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
6825		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
6826		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
6827		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
6828	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
6829		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
6830	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
6831		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
6832		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6833	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
6834		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
6835		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
6836		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
6837		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
6838		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
6839		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
6840		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
6841		flags.
6842	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
6843		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
6844		Motonori Nakamura.
6845	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
6846		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
6847		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
6848		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
6849		of MIT.
6850	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
6851		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
6852	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
6853		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
6854		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
6855		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
6856		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
6857		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
6858		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
6859		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
6860		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
6861	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
6862		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
6863		the make.
6864	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
6865		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
6866		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
6867		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
6868	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
6869		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
6870		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
6871		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
6872		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
6873		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
6874	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
6875		of Sun Microsystems.
6876	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
6877		is at least 50% faster.
6878	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
6879		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
6880		University.
6881	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
6882		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6883	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
6884		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
6885		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
6886		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
6887	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
6888		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
6889		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
6890	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
6891		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
6892		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
6893		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
6894		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
6895		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
6896	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
6897		Carnegie Mellon.
6898	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
6899		support.
6900	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
6901		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
6902		Global Information Solutions.
6903	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
6904		From Motonori Nakamura.
6905	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
6906		Motonori Nakamura.
6907	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
6908		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
6909	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
6910		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
6911		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
6912		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
6913		James of British Telecom.
6914	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
6915		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
6916	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
6917		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
6918		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
6919		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
6920		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
6921		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
6922		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
6923	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
6924		a bad guy can read your private files.
6925	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6926		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
6927		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
6928			University.  This expands the disk size
6929			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
6930		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
6931			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
6932		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
6933			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
6934		Linux Makefile typo.
6935		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
6936			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
6937		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
6938			University, Chico.
6939		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
6940			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
6941			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
6942			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
6943			This requires adaptation of code that really
6944			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
6945			addresses or nameserver fields.''
6946		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
6947			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
6948		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
6949			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
6950		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
6951			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
6952			problems.
6953		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
6954			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
6955			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
6956		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
6957			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
6958		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
6959			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
6960		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
6961			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
6962			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
6963			Wemm of DIALix.
6964		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
6965			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
6966			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
6967			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
6968			of Ohio State University.
6969		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
6970			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
6971			University.
6972		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
6973			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
6974			Mainz.
6975		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
6976		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
6977			wrong statfs call).
6978		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
6979		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
6980			University.
6981		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
6982		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
6983			Rochester Medical Center.
6984		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
6985			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
6986			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
6987			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
6988			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
6989		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
6990			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
6991			Division.
6992		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
6993			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
6994		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
6995			Durand of I.M.A.G.
6996		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
6997			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
6998		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
6999		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
7000			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
7001		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
7002		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7003		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
7004		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
7005		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
7006			of Meteo France.
7007		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
7008		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
7009		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
7010		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
7011		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
7012		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
7013		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
7014		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
7015		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
7016		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
7017			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
7018		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
7019			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
7020		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
7021			of Colorado.
7022		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
7023	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
7024		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
7025		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
7026	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
7027		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
7028		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
7029		on the file, but it should be quite small.
7030	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
7031		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
7032		giving the local administrator more control over what
7033		programs can be run from sendmail.
7034	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
7035		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
7036		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
7037		never will.
7038	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
7039		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
7040		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
7041	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
7042		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
7043		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
7044		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
7045		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7046	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
7047		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
7048	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
7049		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
7050		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
7051		arbitrary directory -- use either:
7052			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7053		or
7054			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7055		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
7056		can use:
7057			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
7058		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
7059		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
7060		compatibility.
7061	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
7062		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
7063	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
7064		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7065	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
7066		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
7067		County.
7068	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
7069	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
7070		just unqualified ones.
7071	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
7072		was never used and didn't work anyway.
7073	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
7074		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
7075	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
7076		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
7077		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
7078		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
7079		centralized hub.
7080	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
7081	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
7082		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
7083		this is expected to be another sendmail.
7084	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
7085		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
7086		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
7087		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
7088		Rosenthal of Unicom.
7089	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
7090		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
7091		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
7092	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
7093		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
7094		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
7095		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
7096		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
7097		but it is a no-op.
7098	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
7099		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
7100		as User Unknown.
7101	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
7102		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
7103		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
7104		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
7105	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
7106		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
7107		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
7108	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
7109		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
7110		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
7111		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7112	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
7113		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
7114		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7115	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
7116	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
7117		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
7118	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
7119		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
7120		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
7121		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
7122	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
7123		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
7124		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
7125		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
7126		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
7127		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
7128		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
7129		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
7130	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
7131		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
7132		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
7133		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
7134		assumed.
7135	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
7136		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
7137		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
7138		Information Systems Agency.
7139	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
7140		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
7141		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
7142	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
7143		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
7144		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
7145		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
7146		that really can be used in the real world.
7147	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
7148		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
7149		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
7150	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
7151		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
7152	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
7153		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
7154		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
7155		by Scott Hutton.
7156	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
7157		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
7158	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
7159		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
7160		people.
7161	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
7162		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
7163	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
7164		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
7165		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
7166	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
7167		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
7168		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
7169	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
7170		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
7171		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
7172		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
7173	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
7174		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
7175		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
7176		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
7177		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
7178		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
7179	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
7180		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
7181		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
7182	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
7183		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
7184		by Kimmo Suominen.
7185	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
7186		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
7187		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
7188	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
7189		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7190	NEW FILES:
7191		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
7192		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
7193		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
7194		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
7195		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
7196		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
7197		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
7198		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
7199		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
7200		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
7201		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
7202		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
7203		cf/domain/generic.m4
7204		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
7205		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
7206		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
7207		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
7208		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
7209		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
7210		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
7211		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
7212		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
7213		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
7214		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
7215		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
7216		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
7217		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
7218		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
7219		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
7220		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
7221		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
7222		contrib/bsdi.mc
7223		contrib/mailprio
7224		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
7225		mail.local/mail.local.0
7226		makemap/makemap.0
7227		smrsh/README
7228		smrsh/smrsh.0
7229		smrsh/smrsh.8
7230		smrsh/smrsh.c
7231		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
7232		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
7233		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
7234		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
7235		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
7236		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
7237		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
7238		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
7239		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
7240		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
7241		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
7242		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
7243		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
7244		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
7245		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
7246		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
7247		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
7248		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
7249		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
7250		src/aliases.0
7251		src/mailq.0
7252		src/mime.c
7253		src/newaliases.0
7254		src/sendmail.0
7255		test/t_seteuid.c
7256	RENAMED FILES:
7257		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
7258		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
7259		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
7260		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
7261		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
7262		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
7263		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
7264		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
7265		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
7266		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7267		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7268		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7269		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
7270		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
7271		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
7272		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
7273		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
7274		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
7275		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
7276		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
7277		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
7278	OBSOLETED FILES:
7279		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
7280		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
7281		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
7282		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
7283		cf/cf/knecht.mc
7284		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
7285		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
7286		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
7287		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7288		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7289		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
7290		contrib/rcpt-streaming
7291		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7292
72938.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
7294	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7295		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7296		any user (except root).
7297	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7298		version number is unchanged.
7299
73008.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
7301	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
7302		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
7303		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
7304		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
7305		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
7306		each other!).
7307	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
7308		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
7309		than fork().
7310
73118.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
7312	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
7313		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
7314	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
7315		message when attempted from IDENT.
7316	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
7317		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
7318		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
7319		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
7320	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
7321		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
7322		partial lines.
7323	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
7324		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
7325		Rob McMahon.
7326	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
7327		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
7328		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
7329		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
7330	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
7331		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
7332		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
7333		Novell Labs Europe.
7334	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
7335		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
7336		Cal State Chico.
7337	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
7338		*Hobbit*.
7339	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
7340		and Liudvikas Bukys.
7341	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
7342		from Spider Boardman.
7343	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7344		with the binaries).
7345
73468.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
7347	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
7348		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
7349	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
7350		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
7351		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
7352		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
7353		implications.
7354	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
7355		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
7356		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
7357		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
7358	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
7359		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
7360		University of Texas.
7361	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
7362		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
7363		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
7364		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
7365	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
7366		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
7367		Data General.
7368	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
7369		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
7370		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
7371	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
7372		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
7373		with a lot of arguments).
7374	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
7375		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
7376		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
7377		Michigan.
7378	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
7379		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
7380		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
7381		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
7382		Thibault.
7383	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
7384		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
7385		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
7386		some of the map code.
7387	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7388		with the binaries).
7389
73908.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
7391	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
7392		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
7393		may have some security implications.
7394	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
7395		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
7396		Hill of the University of Iowa.
7397	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
7398		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
7399	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
7400		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
7401	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
7402	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
7403		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
7404		option.
7405	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
7406		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
7407		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
7408		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
7409		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
7410		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
7411		Rochester.
7412	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
7413		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
7414		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
7415	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
7416		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
7417		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
7418	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
7419		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
7420		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
7421	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
7422		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
7423		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
7424		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
7425		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
7426		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
7427		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
7428		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
7429		messages.
7430	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
7431		message to explain how much space was available and
7432		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
7433		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
7434	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
7435		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
7436		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
7437		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
7438		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
7439		moves things more towards what will probably become a
7440		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
7441		Kapor Enterprises.
7442	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
7443		without recompiling.
7444	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
7445		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
7446		purely cosmetic.
7447	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
7448		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
7449		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
7450	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
7451		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
7452		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
7453		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
7454		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
7455		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
7456		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
7457	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
7458		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
7459		Wolfhugel.
7460	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
7461		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
7462		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
7463		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
7464		refused" response, and that the connection can be
7465		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
7466		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
7467		size around and can never start listening to connections
7468		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
7469		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
7470		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
7471		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
7472		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
7473		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
7474		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
7475		implications.
7476	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
7477		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7478	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
7479		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
7480		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
7481	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
7482		doc directory.  This includes some additional
7483		information.
7484	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
7485		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
7486		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
7487		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
7488		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
7489		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
7490		loop the mail, which was bad news.
7491	Portability fixes:
7492		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
7493		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7494		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
7495		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
7496		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
7497		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
7498			Newcastle upon Tyne.
7499		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
7500			Corporation.
7501		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
7502		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
7503			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
7504		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
7505	New Files:
7506		src/Makefile.CLIX
7507		src/Makefile.NCR3000
7508		doc/changes/Makefile
7509		doc/changes/changes.me
7510		doc/changes/changes.ps
7511
75128.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
7513	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
7514		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
7515		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
7516
75178.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
7518	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
7519		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
7520		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
7521		list.
7522
75238.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
7524	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
7525		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
7526		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
7527		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
7528		valid shell.
7529	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
7530		in the connection cache for a long time under some
7531		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
7532		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
7533		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
7534		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
7535	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
7536		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
7537		from a local user to another local user.  From
7538		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7539	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
7540		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
7541		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7542	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
7543		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
7544		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
7545		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
7546		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
7547		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
7548		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
7549		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
7550		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
7551	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
7552		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
7553		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
7554	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
7555		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
7556		BSD-like system.
7557	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
7558		protocol entirely.
7559	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
7560		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
7561		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
7562		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
7563		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
7564	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
7565	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
7566		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
7567		files.
7568	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
7569		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
7570		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
7571	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
7572		of CMU.
7573	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
7574		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
7575		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
7576	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
7577		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
7578		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
7579		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
7580	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
7581		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
7582		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
7583		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
7584		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
7585		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
7586	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
7587		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
7588	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
7589		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
7590		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
7591		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
7592		Motonori Nakamura.
7593	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
7594		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
7595		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
7596	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
7597		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
7598		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
7599		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
7600	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
7601		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
7602		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7603	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
7604		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
7605		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
7606	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
7607		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
7608		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
7609		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
7610	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
7611		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
7612		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
7613		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7614	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
7615		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
7616		didn't see the class items being added.
7617	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
7618		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
7619		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
7620		Rutgers.
7621	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
7622		but sets h_errno to a success value.
7623	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
7624		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
7625		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
7626		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
7627		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
7628		the problem myself.
7629	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
7630		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
7631		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
7632		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
7633	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
7634		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
7635		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
7636		UUNET.
7637	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
7638		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
7639		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
7640		John Oleynick.
7641	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
7642		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
7643		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
7644	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
7645		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
7646		Nakamura.
7647	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
7648		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
7649		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
7650		University of Washington.
7651	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
7652		don't have an ``=value'' part.
7653	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
7654		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
7655		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
7656		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
7657		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
7658		of Cambridge University.
7659	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
7660		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
7661		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
7662	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
7663		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
7664		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
7665	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
7666		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
7667		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
7668		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
7669		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
7670		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
7671		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
7672		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
7673		a chance.
7674	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
7675		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
7676	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
7677		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
7678		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
7679		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
7680		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
7681		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
7682		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
7683		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
7684	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
7685		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
7686	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
7687	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
7688		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
7689		size for various mailers.
7690	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
7691		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
7692		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
7693	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
7694		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
7695		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
7696	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
7697	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
7698		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
7699		system.
7700	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
7701		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
7702		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
7703	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
7704		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
7705		Michel of Thomson CSF.
7706	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
7707		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
7708		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
7709		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
7710		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
7711		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
7712		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
7713		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
7714		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
7715		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
7716		University of Sydney.
7717	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
7718		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
7719		This is because of the known bug where definition of
7720		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
7721		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
7722	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
7723		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
7724		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
7725		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
7726		Suominen.
7727	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
7728		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
7729		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
7730		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
7731	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
7732		Suominen.
7733	Portability fixes:
7734		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
7735		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7736		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
7737		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
7738		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
7739		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7740		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
7741		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
7742		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
7743	NEW FILES:
7744		src/Makefile.DomainOS
7745		src/Makefile.PTX
7746		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
7747		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
7748		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7749		src/mailq.1
7750		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
7751		doc/op/Makefile
7752		doc/intro/Makefile
7753		doc/usenix/Makefile
7754
77558.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
7756	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
7757		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
7758		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
7759	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
7760		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
7761		permissions they should not have had (usually group
7762		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
7763		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
7764	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
7765		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
7766		Although this does not respond to a specific known
7767		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
7768		Christian Wettergren.
7769	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
7770		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
7771		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
7772		program by putting that in their .forward file.
7773		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
7774		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
7775		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
7776		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
7777		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
7778		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
7779		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
7780		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
7781		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
7782		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
7783	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
7784		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
7785		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
7786		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
7787	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
7788		connection to create problems on the current job.
7789		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
7790		the wrong place.
7791	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
7792		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
7793		problem that ignored the load average in locally
7794		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7795	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
7796		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
7797	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
7798		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
7799		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
7800	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
7801		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
7802		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
7803		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
7804		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
7805	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
7806		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
7807		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
7808	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
7809		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
7810		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
7811	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
7812		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
7813	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
7814		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
7815		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
7816		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
7817	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
7818		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
7819		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
7820	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
7821		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
7822		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
7823	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
7824		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
7825		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
7826	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
7827		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
7828		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
7829		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
7830		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
7831		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
7832	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
7833		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
7834		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
7835		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
7836	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
7837		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
7838		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
7839		dot convention.
7840	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
7841		of from a clean exit.
7842	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
7843		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
7844		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
7845	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
7846		as the subject of an error message, even though the
7847		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
7848		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
7849	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
7850		Jones of UUNET.
7851	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
7852		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
7853		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
7854		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
7855	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
7856		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
7857		says that they should be ignored.
7858	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
7859		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
7860		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
7861		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
7862		is not reentrant.
7863	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
7864		documented in the Bat Book.
7865	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
7866		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
7867		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
7868		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
7869	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
7870		code during some parts of connection initialization.
7871		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
7872		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
7873		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
7874	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
7875		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7876	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
7877		of Kyoto University.
7878	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
7879		From P{r Emanuelsson.
7880	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
7881		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
7882	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
7883		Bryan Costales.
7884	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
7885		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
7886	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
7887		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
7888		Nakamura.
7889	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
7890		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
7891		illegal addresses appearing there).
7892	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
7893		BB&N.
7894	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
7895		included.
7896	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
7897		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
7898	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
7899		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
7900		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
7901		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
7902	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
7903		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
7904	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
7905		by the other end closing the connection.  From
7906		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
7907	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
7908		to include a host name or other useful information.
7909	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
7910		DeMarco.
7911	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
7912		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
7913		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
7914		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
7915		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
7916	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
7917		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
7918	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
7919		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
7920		this properly).
7921	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
7922		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
7923		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
7924	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
7925		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
7926		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
7927		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
7928		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
7929		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
7930		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
7931		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
7932	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
7933		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
7934		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
7935		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
7936		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
7937		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
7938		of the Institute for Global Communications.
7939	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
7940		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
7941		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
7942		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
7943	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
7944		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
7945	Portability fixes for:
7946		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
7947		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
7948		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
7949		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
7950		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
7951			of Stoner Associates.
7952		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
7953		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
7954			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
7955			of Maryland.
7956		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
7957		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
7958		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
7959		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
7960		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
7961		RISC/os.
7962		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
7963			at Chico.
7964		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
7965		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
7966		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
7967			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
7968			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
7969	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
7970		since this is intended only for internal use, the
7971		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
7972		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
7973		addresses when relaying internally.
7974	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
7975		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
7976		provided by Peter Wemm.
7977	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
7978		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
7979		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
7980	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
7981		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
7982	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
7983		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
7984		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
7985		names.
7986	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
7987		rather than letting them get "local configuration
7988		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
7989	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
7990		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
7991		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
7992		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
7993		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
7994	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
7995		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
7996	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
7997	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
7998		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
7999		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
8000		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
8001		of Georgia Tech.
8002	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
8003		Jim Murray of Stratus.
8004	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
8005		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
8006		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
8007		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
8008		the local name prepended.
8009	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
8010	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
8011	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
8012		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
8013	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
8014		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
8015		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
8016	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
8017		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
8018			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
8019		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
8020			:include: files and accounts that have shells
8021			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
8022			cause some .forward files that have worked
8023			before to start failing.
8024		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
8025	NEW FILES:
8026		src/Makefile.DGUX
8027		src/Makefile.Dynix
8028		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
8029		src/Makefile.Mach386
8030		src/Makefile.NetBSD
8031		src/Makefile.RISCos
8032		src/Makefile.SCO
8033		src/Makefile.SVR4
8034		src/Makefile.Titan
8035		cf/mailer/pop.m4
8036		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
8037		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
8038		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
8039		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
8040		makemap/Makefile.dist
8041		praliases/Makefile.dist
8042
80438.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
8044	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
8045		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
8046		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
8047	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
8048		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
8049		class of attack.
8050	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
8051		in a few critical places.
8052	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
8053		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
8054		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
8055		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
8056		and High-Energy Physics.
8057	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
8058		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
8059		Eric Wassenaar.
8060	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
8061		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
8062		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
8063		Wassenaar.
8064	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
8065		really become relevant in the next release, but some
8066		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
8067		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8068	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
8069		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
8070		these can have different values depending on which
8071		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8072	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
8073		what uid/gid processes ran as.
8074	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
8075		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
8076		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
8077		postmaster" case.
8078	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
8079	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
8080		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
8081	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
8082		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
8083		Christopher Davis.
8084	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
8085		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
8086		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
8087		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8088	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
8089		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8090
80918.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
8092	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
8093		addresses that get return-receipts.
8094	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
8095		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
8096		and end up sending the message several times.
8097	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
8098		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
8099		four hours".
8100	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
8101		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
8102		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
8103		Cornell University Medical College.
8104	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
8105		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
8106		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
8107		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
8108		Wassenaar.
8109	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
8110		connections fail during message collection.  From
8111		Eric Wassenaar.
8112	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
8113		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
8114		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
8115		Stratus.
8116	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
8117		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
8118		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8119	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
8120		by non-root users were not put into
8121		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
8122		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
8123		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
8124	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
8125		could get confused as to whether a database was
8126		open or not.
8127	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
8128		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
8129		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
8130		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
8131		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
8132	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
8133		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
8134		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
8135	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
8136
81378.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
8138	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
8139	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
8140		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
8141		propagated to the queue file.
8142
81438.6/8.6		1993/10/05
8144	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
8145		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
8146	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
8147		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
8148		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
8149		header files but don't have the syscall.
8150	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
8151		if trymx == FALSE.
8152	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
8153		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
8154		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
8155		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8156	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
8157		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8158	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
8159		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
8160		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
8161		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
8162		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
8163		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
8164		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
8165	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
8166		Kanbe.
8167	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
8168		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
8169		Wisner of The Well.
8170	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
8171		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
8172	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
8173		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
8174		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
8175		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
8176		files that you should be able to read but have previously
8177		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
8178		read permission.
8179	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
8180		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
8181		MX suppression will still work.
8182	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
8183		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
8184		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
8185		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8186	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
8187		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
8188		Nakamura.
8189	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
8190		"CX $Z" works.
8191	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
8192		trying to send the original message if the connection
8193		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
8194		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
8195		by John Myers of CMU.
8196	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
8197		term bug.
8198	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
8199		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
8200		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
8201		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
8202		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
8203		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
8204	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
8205	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
8206		ruleset testing a bit easier.
8207	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
8208		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
8209		level.
8210	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
8211		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
8212		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
8213		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
8214		address.
8215	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
8216		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
8217		Harvey Mudd College.
8218	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
8219		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
8220		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
8221		their full name information.
8222	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
8223		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
8224		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
8225	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
8226		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
8227	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
8228		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
8229		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
8230		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8231	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
8232		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
8233		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
8234		PC TCP/IP implementations.
8235	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
8236		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
8237		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
8238		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
8239		names.
8240	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
8241		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
8242		helpful.
8243	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
8244		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
8245		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
8246		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8247	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
8248		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
8249		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
8250	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
8251		that claims to be itself works properly.
8252	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
8253		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
8254		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
8255		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
8256	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
8257		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
8258		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8259	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
8260		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
8261		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
8262		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
8263		scratch.
8264	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
8265		true address to still send to the original address
8266		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
8267		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
8268		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
8269	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
8270		more trouble than it was worth.
8271	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
8272		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
8273		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
8274	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
8275		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
8276		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
8277	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
8278		the queue.
8279	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
8280		messages don't come out with stale information.
8281	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
8282		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
8283	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
8284		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
8285		Myers of CMU.
8286	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
8287		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
8288		Corrigan.
8289	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
8290		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
8291		sender address.
8292	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
8293	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
8294	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
8295		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
8296		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
8297		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
8298		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
8299		that does bulk data transfer).
8300	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
8301		Amir Plivatsky.
8302	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
8303		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
8304		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
8305		bogus config files that were not caught.
8306	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
8307		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
8308	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
8309		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
8310		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
8311	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
8312		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
8313	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
8314		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
8315		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
8316		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
8317	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
8318		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
8319	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
8320		opened or if running with no database format defined.
8321	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
8322		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8323	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
8324		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
8325		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
8326		Melbourne.
8327	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
8328		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
8329		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
8330		to match regular entries.
8331	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
8332		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
8333	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
8334		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
8335	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
8336		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
8337		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8338	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
8339		error message so that the "subject" line of return
8340		messages is the best possible.
8341	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
8342		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
8343		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
8344	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
8345		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
8346	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
8347		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8348	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
8349		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
8350	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
8351	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
8352		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
8353		on the address.
8354	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
8355		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
8356		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
8357		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
8358		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8359	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
8360	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
8361	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
8362		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
8363		addresses in any detail.
8364	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
8365		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
8366	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
8367		with an address such as "!foo".
8368	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
8369		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
8370		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
8371		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
8372		Bret Marquis.
8373
83748.5/8.5		1993/07/23
8375	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
8376		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
8377		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
8378		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8379	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
8380		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
8381		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
8382		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
8383		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
8384		Nakamura.
8385	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
8386		are no DNS records matching the name.
8387	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
8388		original message was received ... from localhost".
8389		The correct original host information is now included.
8390	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
8391		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
8392		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
8393	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
8394		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
8395	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
8396		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
8397		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
8398		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
8399		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
8400		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
8401		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
8402		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
8403
84048.4/8.4		1993/07/22
8405	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
8406		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
8407		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
8408		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
8409		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
8410		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
8411		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
8412		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
8413		are really configuration errors.  This option is
8414		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
8415		UIUC sendmail.
8416	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
8417		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
8418		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
8419		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
8420		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
8421		by Neil Rickert.
8422	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
8423		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
8424		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
8425		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
8426		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
8427		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
8428		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
8429		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
8430		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
8431		of dickering with error handling (see below).
8432	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
8433		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
8434		humans.
8435	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
8436		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
8437	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
8438		repaired).
8439	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
8440		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
8441		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
8442		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
8443	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
8444		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
8445		connection rather than sending QUIT.
8446	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
8447		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
8448		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
8449		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
8450		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8451	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
8452		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
8453		core dumps on some machines.
8454	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
8455		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
8456		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
8457		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
8458		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
8459		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
8460		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
8461		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
8462		some true error conditions.
8463	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
8464		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
8465		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
8466		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
8467	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
8468		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
8469		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
8470		by Motonori Nakamura.
8471	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
8472		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
8473		caused error messages to be handled differently during
8474		a queue run than a direct run.
8475	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
8476		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
8477		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
8478	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
8479		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
8480		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
8481		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
8482		restart it.
8483	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
8484		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
8485		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
8486		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
8487		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
8488		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
8489		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
8490		is appropriately functional.
8491	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
8492		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
8493		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
8494		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
8495	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
8496		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
8497		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
8498		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
8499		Technologies.
8500	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
8501		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
8502		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
8503		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
8504		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
8505		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
8506		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
8507		things.
8508	Portability changes:
8509		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
8510			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
8511			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
8512			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
8513			of Colorado.
8514		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
8515			help other strict ANSI compilers.
8516		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
8517			Corporation.
8518		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
8519			documentation apparently doesn't define
8520			__STDC__ by default).
8521		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
8522		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
8523			Motonori Nakamura.
8524	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
8525	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
8526		several people have made a good argument that this
8527		creates more problems than it solves (although this
8528		may prove painful in the short run).
8529	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
8530		format.
8531	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
8532		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
8533		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
8534	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
8535		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
8536		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
8537		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
8538		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
8539	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
8540		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
8541		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
8542		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
8543	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
8544		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
8545		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
8546		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8547	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
8548		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
8549		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
8550		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
8551		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
8552	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
8553		environments.  Ugly as sin.
8554
85558.3/8.3		1993/07/13
8556	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
8557		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
8558		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
8559		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
8560		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
8561		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
8562		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
8563		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
8564		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
8565	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
8566		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
8567		"user friendly".
8568	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
8569		16 bytes/sec.
8570	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
8571		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
8572		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
8573		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
8574		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
8575		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
8576		for quick test cases.
8577	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
8578		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
8579		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
8580		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
8581	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
8582		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
8583		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
8584	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
8585		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
8586		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
8587		From Michael Corrigan.
8588	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
8589		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
8590		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8591	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
8592		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
8593		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
8594	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
8595		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
8596		Christophe Wolfhugel.
8597	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
8598
85998.2/8.2		1993/07/11
8600	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
8601	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
8602		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
8603		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
8604	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
8605	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
8606		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
8607		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
8608		from Bill Wisner.
8609	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
8610		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
8611	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
8612		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
8613		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
8614	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
8615		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
8616		match the other flags in that file.
8617	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
8618	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
8619		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
8620	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
8621		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
8622		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8623	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
8624		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8625	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
8626		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
8627		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
8628	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
8629		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
8630		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8631	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
8632		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
8633		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
8634		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
8635		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
8636	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
8637		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
8638		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
8639		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
8640		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
8641		the root and directories leading up to your home);
8642		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
8643		be owned by you.
8644	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
8645		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
8646		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
8647		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
8648	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
8649	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
8650	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
8651		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
8652		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
8653		is separate; this is just intended to work around
8654		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
8655		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8656	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
8657		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
8658		matching without a null it never tries again with a
8659		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
8660		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
8661		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
8662		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
8663		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
8664		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
8665		it adapts.
8666	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
8667		will insert the appropriate full name information;
8668		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
8669		way.
8670	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
8671		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
8672		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
8673	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
8674		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
8675		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
8676		only happen when there has been another error in the
8677		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
8678		by default in conf.h.
8679	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
8680		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
8681		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
8682		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
8683		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
8684		This output is not intended to be particularly human
8685		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
8686		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
8687	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
8688		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
8689		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
8690		See cf/README for an example.
8691	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
8692		sites that don't use the -d flag.
8693	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
8694		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
8695		has been requested by several people, but can break
8696		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
8697		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
8698		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
8699		broken.  Use it sparingly.
8700	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
8701		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
8702		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
8703	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
8704		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
8705		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
8706		Bill Wisner of The Well.
8707	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
8708		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
8709		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
8710
87118.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
8712	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
8713		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
8714	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
8715		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
8716		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
8717	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
8718
87198.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
8720	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
8721		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
8722		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
8723
87248.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
8725	Another mailertable fix....
8726
87278.1/8.1		1993/06/07
8728	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
8729